Krishna.mobi - fast, clean Vedabase reading Library
Default ViewAdvanced
Dual Language
Before Verses
Bengali
Verse Text
Synonyms
Translation
Purport

CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE

How All the Residents of Vārāṇasī Became Vaiṣṇavas

The following is a summary of chapter twenty-five. A Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa who was living in Benares was a great devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He was always very happy to hear the glories of the Lord, and it was by his arrangement that all the sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī became devotees of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. He invited all the sannyāsīs to his house to meet Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and this incident has been described in the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā. From that day, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became famous in the city of Vārāṇasī, and many important men in that city became His followers. By and by, one of the disciples of the great sannyāsī Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī became devoted to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and this devotee explained Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī and supported His views with various arguments.
One day Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to take a bath at Pañcanada, and afterwards all His devotees began chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra in front of the temple of Bindu Mādhava. At this time Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī and all his devotees approached the Lord. Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī immediately fell down at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and very much regretted his past behavior toward the Lord. He asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu about devotional service in terms of the Vedānta-sūtra, and the Lord told him about devotional service that is approved by great personalities who know the Vedānta-sūtra. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then pointed out that Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the proper commentary on the Vedānta-sūtra. He then explained the catuḥ-ślokī (four ślokas) of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the essence of that great scripture.
From that day on, all the sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī became devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Before returning to His headquarters at Jagannātha Purī, the Lord advised Sanātana Gosvāmī to go to Vṛndāvana. The Lord then departed for Jagannātha Purī. Kavirāja Gosvāmī then describes something about Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, Sanātana Gosvāmī and Subuddhi Rāya. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to Jagannātha Purī through the great forest of Jhārikhaṇḍa (Jharkhand) in central India. At the end of this chapter, Kavirāja Gosvāmī sums up the incidents of the madhya-līlā and instructs every living being to read this sublime book of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes.
বৈষ্ণবীকৃত্য সন্ন্যাসিমুখান্‌ কাশীনিবাসিনঃ ।
সনাতনং সুসংস্কৃত্য প্রভুর্নীলাদ্রিমাগমৎ ॥ ১ ॥
vaiṣṇavī-kṛtya sannyāsi-
mukhān kāśī-nivāsinaḥ
sanātanaṁ su-saṁskṛtya
prabhur nīlādrim āgamat

Synonyms

vaiṣṇavī-kṛtyamaking into Vaiṣṇavas; sannyāsi-mukhānheaded by the sannyāsīs; kāśī-nivāsinaḥthe residents of Vārāṇasī; sanātanamSanātana Gosvāmī; su-saṁskṛtyacompletely purifying; prabhuḥLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nīlādrimto Jagannātha Purī; āgamatreturned.

Translation

After converting into Vaiṣṇavas all the residents of Vārāṇasī, who were headed by the sannyāsīs, and after completely educating and instructing Sanātana Gosvāmī there, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to Jagannātha Purī.
জয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ ।
জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda
jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

jaya jayaall glories; śrī-caitanyato Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jayaall glories; nityānandato Nityānanda Prabhu; jayaall glories; advaita-candrato Advaita Prabhu; jayaall glories; gaura-bhakta-vṛndato the devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All glories to Lord Caitanya! All glories to Lord Nityānanda! All glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of Lord Caitanya!
এই মত মহাপ্রভু দুই মাস পর্যন্ত ।
শিখাইলা তাঁরে ভক্তিসিদ্ধান্তের অন্ত ॥ ৩ ॥
ei mata mahāprabhu dui māsa paryanta
śikhāilā tāṅre bhakti-siddhāntera anta

Synonyms

ei matain this way; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dui māsa paryantafor two months; śikhāilāinstructed; tāṅrehim; bhakti-siddhāntera antaall the conclusions of devotional service.

Translation

Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructed Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī in all the conclusions of devotional service for two consecutive months.
‘পরমানন্দ কীর্তনীয়া’ — শেখরের সঙ্গী ।
প্রভুরে কীর্তন শুনায়, অতি বড় রঙ্গী ॥ ৪ ॥
‘paramānanda kīrtanīyā’ — śekharera saṅgī
prabhure kīrtana śunāya, ati baḍa raṅgī

Synonyms

paramānanda kīrtanīyāParamānanda Kīrtanīyā; śekharera saṅgīa friend of Candraśekhara’s; prabhureunto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kīrtana śunāyasings and chants; ati baḍa raṅgīvery humorous.

Translation

For as long as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was in Vārāṇasī, Paramānanda Kīrtanīyā, who was a friend of Candraśekhara’s, chanted the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra and other songs to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in a very humorous way.
সন্ন্যাসীর গণ প্রভুরে যদি উপেক্ষিল ।
ভক্ত-দুঃখ খণ্ডাইতে তারে কৃপা কৈল ॥ ৫ ॥
sannyāsīra gaṇa prabhure yadi upekṣila
bhakta-duḥkha khaṇḍāite tāre kṛpā kaila

Synonyms

sannyāsīra gaṇaall the sannyāsīs; prabhureLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yadiwhen; upekṣilacriticized; bhakta-duḥkhathe unhappiness of the devotees; khaṇḍāiteto drive away; tāreto them; kṛpā kailashowed His mercy.

Translation

When the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs at Vārāṇasī criticized Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Lord’s devotees became very much depressed. To satisfy them, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu showed His mercy to the sannyāsīs.
সন্ন্যাসীরে কৃপা পূর্বে লিখিয়াছোঁ বিস্তারিয়া ।
উদ্দেশে কহিয়ে ইহাঁ সংক্ষেপ করিয়া ॥ ৬ ॥
sannyāsīre kṛpā pūrve likhiyāchoṅ vistāriyā
uddeśe kahiye ihāṅ saṅkṣepa kariyā

Synonyms

sannyāsīre kṛpāmercy upon the sannyāsīs; pūrvebefore this; likhiyāchoṅI have described; vistāriyāelaborately; uddeśein reference to that; kahiyelet me speak; ihāṅhere; saṅkṣepa kariyāin brief.

Translation

In the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā I have already elaborately described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s deliverance of the sannyāsīs at Vārāṇasī, but I shall briefly repeat it in this chapter.
যাহাঁ তাহাঁ প্রভুর নিন্দা করে সন্ন্যাসীর গণ ।
শুনি’ দুঃখে মহারাষ্ট্রীয় বিপ্র করয়ে চিন্তন ॥ ৭ ॥
yāhāṅ tāhāṅ prabhura nindā kare sannyāsīra gaṇa
śuni’ duḥkhe mahārāṣṭrīya vipra karaye cintana

Synonyms

yāhāṅ tāhāṅanywhere and everywhere; prabhura nindācriticism of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karedo; sannyāsīra gaṇathe Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; śuni’hearing; duḥkhein great unhappiness; mahārāṣṭrīya viprathe brāhmaṇa of Maharashtra province; karaye cintanawas contemplating.

Translation

When the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs were criticizing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu anywhere and everywhere in Vārāṇasī, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa, hearing this blasphemy, began to think about this unhappily.
“প্রভুর স্বভাব, — যেবা দেখে সন্নিধানে ।
‘স্বরূপ’ অনুভবি’ তাঁরে ‘ঈশ্বর’ করি’ মানে ॥ ৮ ॥
“prabhura svabhāva, — yebā dekhe sannidhāne
‘svarūpa’ anubhavi’ tāṅre ‘īśvara’ kari’ māne

Synonyms

prabhura svabhāvathe characteristics of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yebāanyone who; dekhesees; sannidhānenearby; svarūpaHis personality; anubhavi’realizing; tāṅreHim; īśvara kari’as the Supreme Lord; māneaccepts.

Translation

The Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa thought, “Whoever closely sees the characteristics of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately realizes His personality and accepts Him as the Supreme Lord.
কোন প্রকারে পারোঁ যদি একত্র করিতে ।
ইহা দেখি’ সন্ন্যাসিগণ হবে ইহাঁর ভক্তে ॥ ৯ ॥
kona prakāre pāroṅ yadi ekatra karite
ihā dekhi’ sannyāsi-gaṇa habe iṅhāra bhakte

Synonyms

kona prakāreby some means; pāroṅI am able; yadiif; ekatra kariteto assemble; ihā dekhi’by seeing this (Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s personal characteristics); sannyāsi-gaṇathe Māyāvādī sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī; habewill become; iṅhāra bhakteHis devotees.

Translation

“If by some means I can assemble all the sannyāsīs together, they will certainly become His devotees after seeing His personal characteristics.

Purport

If one saw the personal characteristics and activities of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one would certainly be convinced that He was the Supreme Personality of Godhead. One can ascertain this by following in the footsteps of the śāstric injunctions. This sincere study and appreciation of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is also applicable to His authorized devotees, and it is clearly stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Antya-līlā 7.11):
kali-kālera dharma — kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana
kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā nāhe tāra pravartana
In this Age of Kali, real religious propaganda should induce people to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. This is possible for someone who is especially empowered by Kṛṣṇa. No one can do this without being especially favored by Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura comments in this regard in his Anubhāṣya, wherein he quotes a verse from the Nārāyaṇa-saṁhitā:
dvāparīyair janair viṣṇuḥpañcarātrais tu kevalaiḥ
kalau tu nāma-mātreṇa
pūjyate bhagavān hariḥ
“In Dvāpara-yuga, devotees of Lord Viṣṇu and Kṛṣṇa rendered devotional service according to the principles of Pāñcarātra. In this Age of Kali, the Supreme Personality of Godhead is worshiped simply by the chanting of His holy names.” Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura then comments, “Without being empowered by the direct potency of Lord Kṛṣṇa to fulfill His desire and without being specifically favored by the Lord, no human being can become the spiritual master of the whole world. He certainly cannot succeed by mental concoction, which is not meant for devotees or religious people. Only an empowered personality can distribute the holy name of the Lord and enjoin all fallen souls to worship Kṛṣṇa. By distributing the holy name of the Lord, he cleanses the hearts of the most fallen people; therefore he extinguishes the blazing fire of the material world. Not only that, he broadcasts the shining brightness of Kṛṣṇa’s effulgence throughout the world. Such an ācārya, or spiritual master, should be considered nondifferent from Kṛṣṇa — that is, he should be considered the incarnation of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s potency. Such a personality is kṛṣṇāliṅgita-vigraha — that is, he is always embraced by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Such a person is above the considerations of the varṇāśrama institution. He is the guru, or spiritual master, for the entire world, a devotee on the topmost platform, the mahā-bhāgavata stage, and a paramahaṁsa-ṭhākura, a spiritual form only fit to be addressed as paramahaṁsa or ṭhākura.
Nonetheless, there are many people who are just like owls and never open their eyes to see the sunshine. These owlish personalities, who are inferior even to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, cannot see the brilliance of Kṛṣṇa’s favor upon the mahā-bhāgavata devotee. They are prepared to criticize the person engaged in distributing the holy name all over the world and following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who wanted Kṛṣṇa consciousness preached in every town and city.
বারাণসী-বাস আমার হয় সর্বকালে ।
সর্বকাল দুঃখ পাব, ইহা না করিলে ॥” ১০ ॥
vārāṇasī-vāsa āmāra haya sarva-kāle
sarva-kāla duḥkha pāba, ihā nā karile”

Synonyms

vārāṇasī-vāsaresidence at Vārāṇasī; āmāramy; hayathere is; sarva-kālealways; sarva-kālaalways; duḥkha pābaI will suffer unhappiness; ihāthis; karileif I do not execute.

Translation

“I shall have to reside at Vārāṇasī the rest of my life. If I do not try to carry out this plan, I shall certainly continue to suffer mental depression.”
এত চিন্তি’ নিমন্ত্রিল সন্ন্যাসীর গণে ।
তবে সেই বিপ্র আইল মহাপ্রভুর স্থানে ॥ ১১ ॥
eta cinti’ nimantrila sannyāsīra gaṇe
tabe sei vipra āila mahāprabhura sthāne

Synonyms

eta cinti’thinking this; nimantrilahe invited; sannyāsīra gaṇeall the sannyāsīs; tabethen; sei viprathat brāhmaṇa; āilaapproached; mahāprabhura sthānethe lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Thinking like this, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa extended an invitation to all the sannyāsīs of Vārāṇasī. After doing this, he finally approached Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to extend Him an invitation.
হেনকালে নিন্দা শুনি’ শেখর, তপন ।
দুঃখ পাঞা প্রভু-পদে কৈলা নিবেদন ॥ ১২ ॥
hena-kāle nindā śuni’ śekhara, tapana
duḥkha pāñā prabhu-pade kailā nivedana

Synonyms

hena-kāleexactly at this time; nindā śuni’by hearing the criticism (of Lord Caitanya by the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs); śekhara tapanaCandraśekhara and Tapana Miśra; duḥkha pāñāfeeling very unhappy; prabhu-padeunto the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailā nivedanasubmitted a request.

Translation

At this time, Candraśekhara and Tapana Miśra both heard blasphemous criticism against Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and felt very unhappy. They came to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s lotus feet to submit a request.
ভক্ত-দুঃখ দেখি’ প্রভু মনেতে চিন্তিল ।
সন্ন্যাসীর মন ফিরাইতে মন হইল ॥ ১৩ ॥
bhakta-duḥkha dekhi’ prabhu manete cintila
sannyāsīra mana phirāite mana ha-ila

Synonyms

bhakta-duḥkha dekhi’seeing the unhappiness of the devotees; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; manete cintilaconsidered within His mind; sannyāsīra manathe minds of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; phirāiteto turn; mana ha-ilaŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu decided.

Translation

They submitted their request, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, seeing His devotees’ unhappiness, decided to turn the minds of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs.
হেনকালে বিপ্র আসি’ করিল নিমন্ত্রণ ।
অনেক দৈন্যাদি করি’ ধরিল চরণ ॥ ১৪ ॥
hena-kāle vipra āsi’ karila nimantraṇa
aneka dainyādi kari’ dharila caraṇa

Synonyms

hena-kāleat this time; viprathe Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa; āsi’coming; karila nimantraṇainvited Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; anekavarious; dainya-ādisubmissions; kari’doing; dharila caraṇatouched His lotus feet.

Translation

While Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was seriously considering meeting with the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa approached Him and extended an invitation. The brāhmaṇa submitted his invitation with great humility, and he touched the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
তবে মহাপ্রভু তাঁর নিমন্ত্রণ মানিলা ।
আর দিন মধ্যাহ্ন করি’ তাঁর ঘরে গেলা ॥ ১৫ ॥
tabe mahāprabhu tāṅra nimantraṇa mānilā
āra dina madhyāhna kari’ tāṅra ghare gelā

Synonyms

tabeafter this; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrahis; nimantraṇainvitation; mānilāaccepted; āra dinathe next day; madhyāhna kari’after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras); tāṅra ghare gelāHe went to the house of the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa..

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted his invitation, and the next day, after finishing His noontime activities, He went to the brāhmaṇa’s house.
তাহাঁ যৈছে কৈলা প্রভু সন্ন্যাসীর নিস্তার ।
পঞ্চতত্ত্বাখ্যানে তাহা করিয়াছি বিস্তার ॥ ১৬ ॥
tāhāṅ yaiche kailā prabhu sannyāsīra nistāra
pañca-tattvākhyāne tāhā kariyāchi vistāra

Synonyms

tāhāṅthere; yaichehow; kailāperformed; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sannyāsīraof the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; nistāradeliverance; pañca-tattva-ākhyānein describing the glories of the Pañca-tattva (Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya, Prabhu Nityānanda, Śrī Advaita, Gadādhara and Śrīvāsa); tāhāthat subject matter; kariyāchi vistārahave described elaborately.

Translation

I have already described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s deliverance of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs in the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā, when I described the glories of the Pañca-tattva — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Śrī Nityānanda Prabhu, Advaita Prabhu, Gadādhara Prabhu and Śrīvāsa.
গ্রন্থ বাড়ে, পুনরুক্তি হয় ত’ কথন ।
তাহাঁ যে না লিখিলুঁ, তাহা করিয়ে লিখন ॥ ১৭ ॥
grantha bāḍe, punarukti haya ta’ kathana
tāhāṅ ye nā likhiluṅ, tāhā kariye likhana

Synonyms

granthathe size of the book; bāḍeincreases; punar-uktirepetition; hayawould be; ta’ kathanaof subject matters once described; tāhāṅthere (in the seventh chapter); yewhatever; likhiluṅI have not described; tāhāthat; kariye likhanaI am writing.

Translation

Since I have already described this incident very elaborately in the seventh chapter of the Ādi-līlā, I do not wish to increase the size of this book by giving another description. However, I shall try to include in this chapter whatever was not described there.
যে দিবস প্রভু সন্ন্যাসীরে কৃপা কৈল ।
সে দিবস হৈতে গ্রামে কোলাহল হৈল ॥ ১৮ ॥
ye divasa prabhu sannyāsīre kṛpā kaila
se divasa haite grāme kolāhala haila

Synonyms

ye divasathe day when; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sannyāsīreto the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; kṛpā kailashowed His mercy; se divasa haitebeginning from that day; grāmein the locality; kolāhala hailathere were many talks about this incident.

Translation

Beginning from the day on which Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu showed His mercy to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, there were vivid discussions about this conversion among the inhabitants of Vārāṇasī.
লোকের সংঘট্ট আইসে প্ৰভুরে দেখিতে ।
নানা শাস্ত্রে পণ্ডিত আইসে শাস্ত্র বিচারিতে ॥ ১৯ ॥
lokera saṅghaṭṭa āise prabhure dekhite
nānā śāstre paṇḍita āise śāstra vicārite

Synonyms

lokera saṅghaṭṭacrowds of men; āisecome; prabhure dekhiteto see Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nānā śāstre paṇḍitascholars learned in various scriptures; āiseused to come; śāstra vicāriteto talk on various scriptures.

Translation

Crowds of people came to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu from that day on, and scholars of various scriptures discussed different subject matters with the Lord.
সর্বশাস্ত্র খণ্ডি’ প্রভু ‘ভক্তি’ করে সার ।
সযুক্তিক বাক্যে মন ফিরায় সবার ॥ ২০ ॥
sarva-śāstra khaṇḍi’ prabhu ‘bhakti’ kare sāra
sayuktika vākye mana phirāya sabāra

Synonyms

sarva-śāstra khaṇḍi’defeating all the false conclusions of different scriptures; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhakti kare sāraestablished the predominance of devotional service; sa-yuktika vākyeby talks full of pleasing logic and arguments; mana phirāyaturns the minds; sabāraof everyone.

Translation

When people came to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to discuss the principles of various scriptures, the Lord defeated their false conclusions and established the predominance of devotional service to the Lord. With logic and argument He very politely changed their minds.

Purport

We have been spreading this saṅkīrtana movement in the Western countries, and in our recent tour of European cities like Rome, Geneva, Paris and Frankfurt, many learned Christian scholars, priests, philosophers and yogīs came to see us, and by the grace of Kṛṣṇa they agreed that the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, the bhakti cult, offers the topmost conclusion. Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we are trying to convince everyone that the devotional service of the Lord is enjoined in every scripture. If a person is religious, he must accept the supreme authority of the Lord, become His devotee and try to love Him. This is the real principle of religion. It does not matter whether one is Christian, Muslim or whatever. He simply must accept the sublime position of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and render service unto Him. It is not a question of being Christian, Muslim or Hindu. One should be purely religious and freed from all these material designations. In this way one can learn the art of devotional service. This argument appeals to all intelligent men, and consequently the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is gaining ground throughout the world. Due to our solid logic and scientific presentation, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s prediction that Kṛṣṇa consciousness will spread to every town and village throughout the world is gradually being realized.
উপদেশ লঞা করে কৃষ্ণ-সংকীর্তন ।
সর্বলোক হাসে, গায়, করয়ে নর্তন ॥ ২১ ॥
upadeśa lañā kare kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana
sarva-loka hāse, gāya, karaye nartana

Synonyms

upadeśa lañāgetting instructions from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karejoin; kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtanathe saṅkīrtana movement; sarva-loka hāseeveryone began to laugh in pleasure; gāyachant; karaye nartanaand dance.

Translation

As soon as people received instructions from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they began to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. Thus everyone laughed, chanted and danced with the Lord.
প্রভুরে প্রণত হৈল সন্ন্যাসীর গণ ।
আত্মমধ্যে গোষ্ঠী করে ছাড়ি’ অধ্যয়ন ॥ ২২ ॥
prabhure praṇata haila sannyāsīra gaṇa
ātma-madhye goṣṭhī kare chāḍi’ adhyayana

Synonyms

prabhureunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; praṇata hailaoffered obeisances; sannyāsīra gaṇaall the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; ātma-madhyeamong themselves; goṣṭhī karediscussed; chāḍi’ adhyayanagiving up so-called studies of Vedānta.

Translation

All the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs offered their obeisances unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and then began to discuss His movement, giving up their studies of Vedānta and Māyāvāda philosophy.
প্রকাশানন্দের শিষ্য এক তাঁহার সমান ।
সভামধ্যে কহে প্রভুর করিয়া সম্মান ॥ ২৩ ॥
prakāśānandera śiṣya eka tāṅhāra samāna
sabhā-madhye kahe prabhura kariyā sammāna

Synonyms

prakāśānandera śiṣya ekaone of the disciples of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; tāṅhāra samānaequal in learning with Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; sabhā-madhyein the assembly of the sannyāsīs; kaheexplains; prabhura kariyā sammānarespecting Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu seriously.

Translation

One of the disciples of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, who was as learned as his guru, began to speak in that assembly, offering all respects to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
“শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য হয় ‘সাক্ষাৎ নারায়ণ’ ।
‘ব্যাসসূত্রের’ অর্থ করেন অতি-মনোরম ॥ ২৪ ॥
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya haya ‘sākṣāt nārāyaṇa’
‘vyāsa-sūtrera’ artha karena ati-manorama

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyaLord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hayais; sākṣāt nārāyaṇadirectly the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa; vyāsa-sūtrerathe aphorisms of Vyāsadeva (Vedānta-sūtra); artha karenaHe explains; ati-manoramavery nicely.

Translation

He said, “Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa Himself. When He explains the Vedānta-sūtra, He does so very nicely.
উপনিষদের করেন মুখ্যার্থ ব্যাখ্যান ।
শুনিয়া পণ্ডিত-লোকের জুড়ায় মন-কাণ ॥ ২৫ ॥
upaniṣadera karena mukhyārtha vyākhyāna
śuniyā paṇḍita-lokera juḍāya mana-kāṇa

Synonyms

upaniṣaderaof the Vedic version known as the Upaniṣads; karenaHe does; mukhya-arthathe original meaning; vyākhyānaexplanation; śuniyāhearing; paṇḍita-lokeraof the learned scholars; juḍāyasatisfies; mana-kāṇathe minds and ears.

Translation

“Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu explains the direct meaning of the Upaniṣads. When all learned scholars hear this, their minds and ears are satisfied.
সূত্র-উপনিষদের মুখ্যার্থ ছাড়িয়া ।
আচার্য ‘কল্পনা’ করে আগ্রহ করিয়া ॥ ২৬ ॥
sūtra-upaniṣadera mukhyārtha chāḍiyā
ācārya ‘kalpanā’ kare āgraha kariyā

Synonyms

sūtra-upaniṣaderaof the Vedānta-sūtra and the Upaniṣads; mukhya-arthathe direct meaning; chāḍiyāgiving up; ācāryaŚaṅkarācārya; kalpanāimagination; karedoes; āgraha kariyāwith great eagerness.

Translation

“Giving up the direct meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra and the Upaniṣads, Śaṅkarācārya imagines some other interpretation.
আচার্য-কল্পিত অর্থ যে পণ্ডিত শুনে ।
মুখে ‘হয়’ ‘হয়’ করে, হৃদয় না মানে ॥ ২৭ ॥
ācārya-kalpita artha ye paṇḍita śune
mukhe ‘haya’ ‘haya’ kare, hṛdaya nā māne

Synonyms

ācārya-kalpitaimagined by Śaṅkarācārya; arthameaning; ye paṇḍita śuneany learned person who hears; mukheonly in the mouth; haya hayayes it is, yes it is; karedoes; hṛdayahis heart; mānedoes not accept.

Translation

“All the interpretations of Śaṅkarācārya are imaginary. Such imaginary interpretations are verbally accepted by learned scholars, but they do not appeal to the heart.
শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য-বাক্য দৃঢ় সত্য মানি ।
কলিকালে সন্ন্যাসে ‘সংসার’ নাহি জিনি ॥ ২৮ ॥
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākya dṛḍha satya māni
kali-kāle sannyāse ‘saṁsāra’ nāhi jini

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vākyathe words of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dṛḍhavery firm and convincing; satya māniI admit as truth; kali-kālein this Age of Kali; sannyāsesimply by accepting the renounced order of life; saṁsāra nāhi jinione cannot escape the material clutches.

Translation

“The words of Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu are firm and convincing, and I accept them as true. In this Age of Kali, one cannot be delivered from the material clutches simply by formally accepting the renounced order.
হরের্নাম-শ্লোকের যেই করিলা ব্যাখ্যান ।
সেই সত্য সুখদার্থ পরম প্রমাণ ॥ ২৯ ॥
harer nāma-ślokera yei karilā vyākhyāna
sei satya sukhadārtha parama pramāṇa

Synonyms

harer nāma-ślokeraof the verse beginning harer nāma harer nāma; yeiwhatever; karilāmade; vyākhyānathe explanation; seithat; satyatrue; sukha-da-arthaa meaning that is pleasing to accept; parama pramāṇathe supreme evidence.

Translation

“Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s explanation of the verse beginning ‘harer nāma harer nāma’ is not only pleasing to the ear but is strong, factual evidence.
ভক্তি বিনা মুক্তি নহে, ভাগবতে কয় ।
কলিকালে নামাভাসে সুখে মুক্তি হয় ॥ ৩০ ॥
bhakti vinā mukti nahe, bhāgavate kaya
kali-kāle nāmābhāse sukhe mukti haya

Synonyms

bhakti vināwithout devotional service; mukti nahethere is no question of liberation; bhāgavate kayait is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; kali-kālein this Age of Kali; nāma-ābhāseeven by a slight appreciation of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; sukhewithout difficulty; mukti hayaone can get liberation.

Translation

“In this Age of Kali, one cannot attain liberation without taking to the devotional service of the Lord. In this age, even if one chants the holy name of Kṛṣṇa imperfectly, he still attains liberation very easily.
শ্রেয়ঃসৃতিং ভক্তিমুদস্য তে বিভো
ক্লিশ্যন্তি যে কেবলবোধলব্ধয়ে ।
তেষামসৌ ক্লেশল এব শিষ্যতে
নান্যদ্‌যথা স্থূলতুষাবঘাতিনাম্ ॥ ৩১ ॥
śreyaḥ-sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya te vibho
kliśyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye
teṣām asau kleśala eva śiṣyate
nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām

Synonyms

śreyaḥ-sṛtimthe auspicious path of liberation; bhaktimdevotional service; udasyagiving up; teof You; vibhoO my Lord; kliśyantiaccept increased difficulties; yeall those persons who; kevalaonly; bodha-labdhayefor obtaining knowledge; teṣāmfor them; asauthat; kleśalaḥtrouble; evaonly; śiṣyateremains; nanot; anyatanything else; yathāas much as; sthūlabulky; tuṣahusks of rice; avaghātināmof those beating.

Translation

“ ‘My dear Lord, devotional service unto You is the only auspicious path. If one gives it up simply for speculative knowledge or the understanding that these living beings are spirit souls and the material world is false, he undergoes a great deal of trouble. He only gains troublesome and inauspicious activities. His actions are like beating a husk that is already devoid of rice. His labor becomes fruitless.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.14.4).
যেঽন্যেঽরবিন্দাক্ষ বিমুক্তমানিন-
স্ত্বয্যস্তভাবাদবিশুদ্ধবুদ্ধয়ঃ ।
আরুহ্য কৃচ্ছ্রেণ পরং পদং ততঃ
পতন্ত্যধোঽনাদৃতযুষ্মদঙ্ঘ্রয়ঃ ॥ ৩২ ॥
ye ’nye ’ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas
tvayy asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ tataḥ
patanty adho ’nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ

Synonyms

yeall those who; anyeothers (nondevotees); aravinda-akṣaO lotus-eyed one; vimukta-māninaḥwho consider themselves liberated; tvayiunto You; asta-bhāvātwithout devotion; aviśuddha-buddhayaḥwhose intelligence is not purified; āruhyahaving ascended; kṛcchreṇaby severe austerities and penances; param padamto the supreme position; tataḥfrom there; patantifall; adhaḥdown; anādṛtawithout respecting; yuṣmatYour; aṅghrayaḥlotus feet.

Translation

“ ‘O lotus-eyed one, those who think they are liberated in this life but who are devoid of devotional service to You are of impure intelligence. Although they accept severe austerities and penances and rise to the spiritual position, to impersonal Brahman realization, they fall down again because they neglect to worship Your lotus feet.’

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32).
‘ব্ৰহ্ম’-শব্দে কহে ‘ষড়ৈশ্বর্যপূর্ণ ভগবান্’ ।
তাঁরে ‘নির্বিশেষ’ স্থাপি, ‘পূর্ণতা’ হয় হান ॥ ৩৩ ॥
‘brahma’-śabde kahe ‘ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa bhagavān’
tāṅre ‘nirviśeṣa’ sthāpi, ‘pūrṇatā’ haya hāna

Synonyms

brahma-śabdeby the word brahma; kaheis meant; ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, full in all six opulences; tāṅreHim; nirviśeṣa sthāpiif we make impersonal; pūrṇatā haya hānaHis completeness becomes damaged.

Translation

“The word ‘Brahman’ [‘the greatest’] indicates the Supreme Personality of Godhead, full in all six opulences. But if we take the onesided impersonalist view, His fullness is diminished.

Purport

The Supreme Personality of Godhead is originally the Supreme Person, and He expands Himself impersonally through His potency. As the Lord says in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.4):
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁjagad avyakta-mūrtinā
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni
na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ
“By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.” The potency of Kṛṣṇa that is spread everywhere is impersonal, just as the sunlight is the impersonal expansion of the sun globe and the sun-god. If we simply take one side of the Supreme Personality of Godhead — His impersonal effulgence — that one side does not fully explain the Absolute Truth. Impersonal appreciation of the Absolute Truth is one-sided and incomplete. One should also accept the other side, the personal side — Bhagavān. Brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate. One should not be satisfied simply by understanding the Brahman feature of the Personality of Godhead. One must also know the Lord’s personal feature. That is complete understanding of the Absolute Truth.
শ্রুতি-পুরাণ কহে — কৃষ্ণের চিচ্ছক্তি-বিলাস ।
তাহা নাহি মানি, পণ্ডিত করে উপহাস ॥ ৩৪ ॥
śruti-purāṇa kahe — kṛṣṇera cic-chakti-vilāsa
tāhā nāhi māni, paṇḍita kare upahāsa

Synonyms

śruti-purāṇa kahethe Vedas, the Upaniṣads, the Brahma-sūtra and the Purāṇas confirm; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; cit-śakti-vilāsaactivities of spiritual potencies; tāhā nāhi māninot accepting that; paṇḍita kare upahāsaso-called scholars play jokes without perfect understanding.

Translation

“The Vedas, the Upaniṣads, the Brahma-sūtra and the Purāṇas all describe the activities of the spiritual potency of the Lord. If one cannot accept the personal activities of the Lord, he jokes foolishly and gives an impersonal description.

Purport

In the Vedic literatures, including the Purāṇas, there are full descriptions of the spiritual potency of Kṛṣṇa. All the pastimes of the Lord are eternal, blissful and full of knowledge, just as the form of Kṛṣṇa Himself is eternal, blissful and full of knowledge (sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha). Unintelligent people with a poor fund of knowledge compare their temporary bodies to the spiritual body of Kṛṣṇa, and by such foolishness they try to understand Kṛṣṇa as one of them. Avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam. The Bhagavad-gītā (9.11) points out that foolish people think of Kṛṣṇa as one of them. Not understanding His spiritual potency, they simply decry the personal form of the Absolute Truth, foolishly thinking of themselves as jñānīs cognizant of the complete truth. They cannot understand that just as the material energy of the Lord has a variety of activities, the spiritual energy has variety also. They consider activities in devotional service the same as activities in material consciousness. Under such a wrong impression, they sometimes dare joke about the spiritual activities of the Lord and His devotional service.
চিদানন্দ কৃষ্ণবিগ্রহ ‘মায়িক’ করি’ মানি ।
এই বড় ‘পাপ’, — সত্য চৈতন্যের বাণী ॥ ৩৫ ॥
cid-ānanda kṛṣṇa-vigraha ‘māyika’ kari’ māni
ei baḍa ‘pāpa’, — satya caitanyera vāṇī

Synonyms

cit-ānanda kṛṣṇa-vigrahathe transcendental form of Kṛṣṇa, which is completely spiritual; māyika kari’ māniaccept as made of the external energy, māyā; ei baḍa pāpathis is a great act of sin; satyatrue; caitanyera vāṇīthe words of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

“The Māyāvādīs do not recognize the personal form of the Lord as spiritual and full of bliss. This is a great sin. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s statements are actually factual.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s movement especially aims at defeating the Māyāvāda conclusion about the Absolute Truth. Since the members of the Māyāvāda school cannot understand the spiritual form of the Lord, they incorrectly think the Lord’s form is also made of material energy. They think that He is covered by a material body just like other living beings. Due to this offensive understanding, they cannot recognize that Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s personal form is transcendental, not material. Their conclusion is a great offense at the lotus feet of the Lord. As explained by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Śrī Kṛṣṇa has His eternal, blissful form that is full of knowledge, and all Vaiṣṇava ācāryas accept this. That is the proper understanding of the Absolute Truth.
নাতঃ পরং পরম যদ্ভবতঃ স্বরূপ-
মানন্দমাত্রমবিকল্পমবিদ্ধবর্চঃ ।
পশ্যামি বিশ্বসৃজমেকমবিশ্বমাত্মন্
ভূতেন্দ্রিয়াত্মকমদস্ত উপাশ্রিতোঽস্মি ॥ ৩৬ ॥
nātaḥ paraṁ parama yad bhavataḥ svarūpam
ānanda-mātram avikalpam aviddha-varcaḥ
paśyāmi viśva-sṛjam ekam aviśvam ātman
bhūtendriyātmakam adas ta upāśrito ’smi

Synonyms

nanot; ataḥthan this; parammore supreme; paramaO supreme one; yatwhich; bhavataḥof Your Lordship; svarūpamthe personal form; ānandaof transcendental bliss; mātramonly; avikalpamwhere there is no creation; aviddhawithout contamination; varcaḥhaving an effulgence; paśyāmiI see; viśva-sṛjam ekamwho alone has created this universe; aviśvamnot belonging to the destructible material world; ātmanO Supreme Soul; bhūta-indriya-ātmakamthe original cause of the senses and the living beings; adaḥtranscendental; teunto You; upāśritaḥ asmiI take full shelter.

Translation

“ ‘O supreme one, the transcendental form I am now seeing is full of transcendental bliss. It is not contaminated by the external energy. It is full of effulgence. My Lord, there is no better understanding of You than this. You are the Supreme Soul and the creator of this material world, but You are not connected with this material world. You are completely different from created form and variety. I sincerely take shelter of that form of Yours which I am now seeing. This form is the original source of all living beings and their senses.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.9.3). This verse was spoken by Lord Brahmā, who perfectly realized the Supreme Personality of Godhead after meditating upon the Lord within the water of the Garbhodaka Ocean. Brahmā realized that the form of the Lord is completely spiritual. This is certainly a better understanding of the Absolute Truth than the impersonal understanding.
দৃষ্টং শ্রুতং ভূত-ভবদ্‌ভবিষ্যৎ স্থাস্নুশ্চরিষ্ণুর্মহদল্পকং বা ।
বিনাচ্যুতাদ্‌বস্তু তরাং ন বাচ্যং স এব সর্বং পরমাত্মভূতঃ ॥ ৩৭ ॥
dṛṣṭaṁ śrutaṁ bhūta-bhavad-bhaviṣyat
sthāsnuś cariṣṇur mahad alpakaṁ vā
vinācyutād vastu-tarāṁ na vācyaṁ
sa eva sarvaṁ paramātma-bhūtaḥ

Synonyms

dṛṣṭamexperienced by direct perception; śrutamexperienced by hearing; bhūtapast; bhavatpresent; bhaviṣyatwhich will be in the future; sthāsnuḥimmovable; cariṣṇuḥmovable; mahatthe greatest; alpakamthe smallest; or; vināexcept; acyutātthe infallible Personality of Godhead; vastu-tarāmanything else; na vācyamnot to be spoken; saḥthat Supreme Personality of Godhead; evacertainly; sarvameverything; paramātma-bhūtaḥthe origin of all causes.

Translation

“ ‘Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is the cause of all causes. He is past, present and future, and He is the movable and immovable. He is the greatest and the smallest, and He is visible and directly experienced. He is celebrated in the Vedic literature. Everything is Kṛṣṇa, and without Him there is no existence. He is the root of all understanding, and He is that which is understood by all words.’

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.46.43) was spoken by Uddhava when he came to pacify all the inhabitants of Vṛndāvana during Kṛṣṇa’s absence.
তদ্বা ইদং ভুবনমঙ্গল মঙ্গলায়
ধ্যানে স্ম নো দরশিতং ত উপাসকানাম্ ।
তস্মৈ নমো ভগবতেঽনুবিধেম তুভ্যং
যোঽনাদৃতো নরকভাগ ভিরসৎপ্ৰসঙ্গৈঃ ॥ ৩৮ ॥
tad vā idaṁ bhuvana-maṅgala maṅgalāya
dhyāne sma no daraśitaṁ ta upāsakānām
tasmai namo bhagavate ’nuvidhema tubhyaṁ
yo ’nādṛto naraka-bhāgbhir asat-prasaṅgaiḥ

Synonyms

tatthat; or; idamthis; bhuvana-maṅgalaO most auspicious of the entire world; maṅgalāyafor the benefit; dhyānein meditation; smacertainly; naḥof us; daraśitammanifested; teby You; upāsakānāmof devotees engaged in devotional service; tasmaiunto Him; namaḥall obeisances; bhagavatethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; anuvidhemawe offer obeisances, following in the footsteps of the ācāryas; tubhyamunto You; yaḥwho is; anādṛtaḥnot much appreciated; naraka-bhāgbhiḥby persons who are destined to go to a hellish condition of life; asat-prasaṅgaiḥwho discuss the Supreme Personality of Godhead illogically.

Translation

“ ‘O most auspicious one! For our benefit, You enable our worship of You by manifesting Your transcendental form, which You show to us in our meditation. We offer our respectful obeisances unto You, the Supreme Person, and we worship You, whom impersonalists do not accept due to their poor fund of knowledge. Thus they are liable to descend into a hellish condition.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.9.4).
অবজানন্তি মাং মূঢ়া মানুষীং তনুমাশ্রিতম্ ।
পরং ভাবমজানন্তো মম ভূতমহেশ্বরম্ ॥ ৩৯ ॥
avajānanti māṁ mūḍhā
mānuṣīṁ tanum āśritam
paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto
mama bhūta-maheśvaram

Synonyms

avajānantidecry; māmMe; mūḍhāḥrascals; mānuṣīmjust like a human being; tanuma body; āśritamaccepted; paramsupreme; bhāvamposition; ajānantaḥwithout knowing; mamaMy; bhūta-mahā-īśvaramexalted position as the Supreme Person, creator of the material world.

Translation

“ ‘Fools disrespect Me because I appear like a human being. They do not know My supreme position as the cause of all causes, the creator of the material energy.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Bhagavad-gītā (9.11).
তানহং দ্বিষতঃ ক্রূরান্ সংসারেষু নরাধমান্ ।
ক্ষিপাম্যজস্রমশুভানাসুরীষ্বেব যোনিষু ॥ ৪০ ॥
tān ahaṁ dviṣataḥ krūrān
saṁsāreṣu narādhamān
kṣipāmy ajasram aśubhān
āsurīṣv eva yoniṣu

Synonyms

tānall of them; ahamI; dviṣataḥthose who are envious; krūrānalways willing to do harm; saṁsāreṣuin this material world; nara-adhamānthe lowest of men; kṣipāmithrow; ajasramagain and again; aśubhānengaged in inauspicious acts; āsurīṣudemoniac; evacertainly; yoniṣuin families.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are envious of My form, who are cruel and mischievous and the lowest among men, are perpetually cast by Me into hellish existence in various demoniac species of life.’

Purport

This is also a quotation from the Bhagavad-gītā (16.19).
সূত্রের পরিণাম-বাদ, তাহা না মানিয়া ।
‘বিবর্তবাদ’ স্থাপে, ‘ব্যাস ভ্রান্ত’ বলিয়া ॥ ৪১ ॥
sūtrera pariṇāma-vāda, tāhā nā māniyā
‘vivarta-vāda’ sthāpe, ‘vyāsa bhrānta’ baliyā

Synonyms

sūtreraof the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; pariṇāma-vādathe transformation of energy; tāhā māniyānot accepting this fact; vivarta-vādathe theory of illusion; sthāpeestablishes; vyāsa bhrānta baliyāaccusing Vyāsadeva of being mistaken.

Translation

“Not accepting the transformation of energy, Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya has tried to establish the theory of illusion under the plea that Vyāsadeva has made a mistake.

Purport

For an explanation of this verse, one may refer to Ādi-līlā, chapter seven, verses 121-126.
এই ত’ কল্পিত অর্থ মনে নাহি ভায় ।
শাস্ত্র ছাড়ি’ কুকল্পনা পাষণ্ডে বুঝায় ॥ ৪২ ॥
ei ta’ kalpita artha mane nāhi bhāya
śāstra chāḍi’ kukalpanā pāṣaṇḍe bujhāya

Synonyms

ei ta’this; kalpitaimaginary; arthameaning; maneto the mind; nāhidoes not; bhāyaappeal; śāstrathe authoritative scriptures; chāḍi’giving up; ku-kalpanāmischievous imagination; pāṣaṇḍeto the atheistic class of men; bujhāyateaches.

Translation

“Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya has given his interpretation and imaginary meaning. It does not actually appeal to the mind of any sane man. He has done this to convince the atheists and bring them under his control.

Purport

Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya’s propaganda opposed the atheistic philosophy of Buddha. Lord Buddha’s intention was to stop atheists from committing the sin of killing animals. Atheists cannot understand God; therefore Lord Buddha appeared and spread the philosophy of nonviolence to keep the atheists from killing animals. Unless one is free from the sin of animal-killing, he cannot understand religion or God. Although Lord Buddha was an incarnation of Kṛṣṇa, he did not speak about God, for the people were unable to understand. He simply wanted to stop animal-killing. Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya wanted to establish the predominance of one’s spiritual identity; therefore he wanted to convert the atheists through an imaginary interpretation of the Vedic literatures. These are the secrets of the ācāryas. Sometimes they conceal the real purport of the Vedas and explain the Vedas in a different way. Sometimes they enunciate a different theory just to bring the atheists under their control. Thus it is said that Śaṅkara’s philosophy is for pāṣaṇḍas, atheists.
পরমার্থ-বিচার গেল, করি মাত্র ‘বাদ’ ।
কাহাঁ মুক্তি পাব, কাহাঁ কৃষ্ণের প্রসাদ ॥ ৪৩ ॥
paramārtha-vicāra gela, kari mātra ‘vāda’
kāhāṅ mukti pāba, kāhāṅ kṛṣṇera prasāda

Synonyms

parama-artha-vicāradiscussion on spiritual matters; gelahas gone; kariwe do; mātra vādaonly argument and word jugglery; kāhāṅwhere; muktiliberation; pābawe shall get; kāhāṅwhere; kṛṣṇera prasādathe mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“The atheists, headed by the Māyāvādī philosophers, do not care for liberation or Kṛṣṇa’s mercy. They simply continue to put forward false arguments and countertheories to atheistic philosophy, not considering or engaging in spiritual matters.
ব্যাসসূত্রের অর্থ আচার্য করিয়াছে আচ্ছাদন ।
এই হয় সত্য শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য-বচন ॥ ৪৪ ॥
vyāsa-sūtrera artha ācārya kariyāche ācchādana
ei haya satya śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vacana

Synonyms

vyāsa-sūtreraof the aphorisms of the Vedānta known as Vyāsa-sūtra; arthathe meanings; ācāryaŚaṅkarācārya; kariyāche ācchādanahas purposely covered; eithis; hayais; satyathe truth; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vacanathe words and explanation given by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

“The conclusion is that the import of the Vedānta-sūtra is covered by the imaginary explanation of Śaṅkarācārya. Whatever Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said is perfectly true.
চৈতন্য-গোসাঞি যেই কহে, সেই মত সার ।
আর যত মত, সেই সব ছারখার ॥” ৪৫ ॥
caitanya-gosāñi yei kahe, sei mata sāra
āra yata mata, sei saba chārakhāra”

Synonyms

caitanya-gosāñiŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yei kahewhatever He has said; sei mata sārathat explanation is actually the essence of Vedic knowledge; āra yata mataany other opinion not in collaboration with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s statement; seithese; saba chārakhāraall distortions.

Translation

“Whatever meaning Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu gives is perfect. Any other interpretation is only a distortion.”
এত কহি’ সেই করে কৃষ্ণসংকীর্তন ।
শুনি’ প্রকাশানন্দ কিছু কহেন বচন ॥ ৪৬ ॥
eta kahi’ sei kare kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana
śuni’ prakāśānanda kichu kahena vacana

Synonyms

eta kahi’speaking so much; seithe disciple of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; kareperformed; kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtanathe chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; śuni’hearing; prakāśānandathe guru, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; kichusomething; kahenasays; vacanawords.

Translation

After saying this, the disciple of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī began to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. Hearing this, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī made the following statement.
“আচার্যের আগ্রহ — ‘অদ্বৈতবাদ’ স্থাপিতে ।
তাতে সূত্রার্থ ব্যাখ্যা করে অন্য রীতে ॥ ৪৭ ॥
“ācāryera āgraha — ‘advaita-vāda’ sthāpite
tāte sūtrārtha vyākhyā kare anya rīte

Synonyms

ācāryeraof Śaṅkarācārya; āgrahathe eagerness; advaita-vādamonism; sthāpiteto establish; tātefor that reason; sūtra-arthathe meaning of the Brahma-sūtra, or Vedānta philosophy; vyākhyāexplanation; karedoes; anya rītein a different way.

Translation

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī said, “Śaṅkarācārya was very eager to establish the philosophy of monism. Therefore he explained the Vedānta-sūtra, or Vedānta philosophy, in a different way to support monistic philosophy.
‘ভগবত্তা’ মানিলে ‘অদ্বৈত’ না যায় স্থাপন ।
অতএব সব শাস্ত্র করয়ে খণ্ডন ॥ ৪৮ ॥
‘bhagavattā’ mānile ‘advaita’ nā yāya sthāpana
ataeva saba śāstra karaye khaṇḍana

Synonyms

bhagavattāthe Personality of Godhead; mānileif one accepts; advaitamonism or nondualism; not; yāyais possible; sthāpanaestablishing; ataevatherefore; sabaall; śāstrarevealed scriptures; karayedoes; khaṇḍanarefutation.

Translation

“If one accepts the Personality of Godhead, the philosophy that maintains that God and the living entity are one cannot be established. Therefore Śaṅkarācārya argued against and refuted all kinds of revealed scriptures.
যেই গ্রন্থকর্তা চাহে স্ব-মত স্থাপিতে ।
শাস্ত্রের সহজ অর্থ নহে তাঁহে হৈতে ॥ ৪৯ ॥
yei grantha-kartā cāhe sva-mata sthāpite
śāstrera sahaja artha nahe tāṅhā haite

Synonyms

yeianyone who; grantha-kartāauthor; cāhewants; sva-mata sthāpiteto establish his own opinion; śāstreraof the revealed scriptures; sahajathe direct; arthameaning; naheis not; tāṅhā haitefrom such an author.

Translation

“Anyone who wants to establish his own opinion or philosophy certainly cannot explain any scripture according to the principle of direct interpretation.
‘মীমাংসক’ কহে, — ‘ঈশ্বর হয় কর্মের অঙ্গ’ ।
‘সাংখ্য’ কহে, — ‘জগতের প্রকৃতি কারণ-প্ৰসঙ্গ’ ॥ ৫০ ॥
‘mīmāṁsaka’ kahe, — ‘īśvara haya karmera aṅga’
‘sāṅkhya’ kahe, — ‘jagatera prakṛti kāraṇa-prasaṅga’

Synonyms

mīmāṁsakathe Mīmāṁsaka philosophers; kahesay; īśvarathe Supreme Lord; hayais; karmera aṅgasubject to fruitive activities; sāṅkhya kahethe atheistic Sāṅkhya philosophers say; jagateraof the cosmic manifestation; prakṛtinature; kāraṇathe cause; prasaṅgathesis.

Translation

“The Mīmāṁsaka philosophers conclude that if there is a God, He is subject to our fruitive activities. Similarly, the Sāṅkhya philosophers, who analyze the cosmic manifestation, say that the cause of the cosmos is material nature.
‘ন্যায়’ কহে, — ‘পরমাণু হৈতে বিশ্ব হয়’ ।
‘মায়াবাদী’ নির্বিশেষ-ব্রহ্মে ‘হেতু’ কয় ॥ ৫১ ॥
‘nyāya’ kahe, — ‘paramāṇu haite viśva haya’
‘māyāvādī’ nirviśeṣa-brahme ‘hetu’ kaya

Synonyms

nyāya kahethe philosophers following logic say; paramāṇuthe atom; haitefrom; viśva hayathe cosmic manifestation has come; māyāvādīthe Māyāvādī philosophers, impersonalists; nirviśeṣa-brahmein the impersonal Brahman effulgence; hetuthe cause; kayasay.

Translation

“The followers of nyāya, the philosophy of logic, maintain that the atom is the cause of the cosmic manifestation, and the Māyāvādī philosophers maintain that the impersonal Brahman effulgence is the cause of the cosmic manifestation.
‘পাতঞ্জল’ কহে, — ‘ঈশ্বর হয় স্বরূপ-জ্ঞান’ ।
বেদমতে কহে তাঁরে ‘স্বয়ংভগবান্’ ॥ ৫২ ॥
‘pātañjala’ kahe, — ‘īśvara haya svarūpa-jñāna’
veda-mate kahe tāṅre ‘svayaṁ-bhagavān’

Synonyms

pātañjala kahethe Pātañjala philosophers say; īśvara hayathe Supreme Lord is; svarūpa-jñānaself-realization; veda-matein the Vedic version; kahethey say; tāṅreto Him; svayam-bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“The Pātañjala philosophers say that when one is self-realized, he understands the Lord. Similarly, according to the Vedas and Vedic principles, the original cause is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
ছয়ের ছয় মত ব্যাস কৈলা আবর্তন ।
সেই সব সূত্র লঞা ‘বেদান্ত’-বর্ণন ॥ ৫৩ ॥
chayera chaya mata vyāsa kailā āvartana
sei saba sūtra lañā ‘vedānta’-varṇana

Synonyms

chayeraof the six philosophers; chaya matasix different theses; vyāsaVyāsadeva; kailā āvartanaanalyzed fully; seithat; sabaall; sūtrathe aphorisms; lañātaking; vedānta-varṇanaexplaining the Vedānta philosophy.

Translation

“After studying the six philosophical theses, Vyāsadeva completely summarized them all in the aphorisms of Vedānta philosophy.
‘বেদান্ত’-মতে, — ব্ৰহ্ম ‘সাকার’ নিরূপণ ।
‘নির্গুণ’ ব্যতিরেকে তিঁহো হয় ত’ ‘সগুণ’ ॥ ৫৪ ॥
‘vedānta’-mate, — brahma ‘sākāra’ nirūpaṇa
‘nirguṇa’ vyatireke tiṅho haya ta’ ‘saguṇa’

Synonyms

vedānta-mateaccording to Vedānta philosophy; brahmathe Absolute Truth; sa-ākāra nirūpaṇaestablished as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a person; nirguṇawithout material qualifications; vyatirekeby indirect explanations; tiṅhothe Supreme Personality of Godhead; hayais; ta’indeed; sa-guṇafully qualified with spiritual attributes.

Translation

“According to Vedānta philosophy, the Absolute Truth is a person. When the word ‘nirguṇa’ [‘without qualities’] is used, it is to be understood that the Lord has attributes that are totally spiritual.
পরম কারণ ঈশ্বর কেহ নাহি মানে ।
স্ব-স্ব-মত স্থাপে পরমতের খণ্ডনে ॥ ৫৫ ॥
parama kāraṇa īśvara keha nāhi māne
sva-sva-mata sthāpe para-matera khaṇḍane

Synonyms

parama kāraṇathe supreme cause, the cause of all causes; īśvarathe Supreme Lord; keha nāhi mānenone of the above-mentioned philosophers accept; sva-sva-matatheir own personal opinions; sthāpethey establish; para-matera khaṇḍanebusy in refuting the opinions of others.

Translation

“Of the philosophers mentioned, none really cares for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes. They are always busy refuting the philosophical theories of others and establishing their own.
তাতে ছয় দর্শন হৈতে ‘তত্ত্ব’ নাহি জানি ।
‘মহাজন’ যেই কহে, সেই ‘সত্য’ মানি ॥ ৫৬ ॥
tāte chaya darśana haite ‘tattva’ nāhi jāni
‘mahājana’ yei kahe, sei ‘satya’ māni

Synonyms

tātetherefore; chaya darśana haitefrom the six philosophical principles; tattva nāhi jāniwe cannot understand the actual truth; mahājanathe great authorities; yei kahewhatever they say; seithat; satya māniwe can accept as truth.

Translation

“By studying the six philosophical theories, one cannot reach the Absolute Truth. It is therefore our duty to follow the path of the mahājanas, the authorities. Whatever they say should be accepted as the supreme truth.

Purport

In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura gives the following summary of the six philosophical processes. Prakāśānanda admitted that Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya, being very eager to establish his philosophy of monism, took shelter of the Vedānta philosophy and tried to explain it in his own way. The fact is, however, that if one accepts the existence of God, one certainly cannot establish the theory of monism. For this reason Śaṅkarācārya refuted all kinds of Vedic literature that establishes the supremacy of the Personality of Godhead. In various ways, Śaṅkarācārya has tried to refute the Vedic literature. Throughout the world, ninety-nine percent of the philosophers following in the footsteps of Śaṅkarācārya refuse to accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Instead they try to establish their own opinions. It is typical of mundane philosophers to want to establish their own opinions and refute those of others. Therefore: (1) The Mīmāṁsaka philosophers, following the principles of Jaimini, stress fruitive activity and say that if there is a God, He must be under the laws of fruitive activity. In other words, if one performs his duties very nicely in the material world, God is obliged to give one the desired result. According to these philosophers, there is no need to become a devotee of God. If one strictly follows moral principles, one will be recognized by the Lord, who will give the desired reward. Such philosophers do not accept the Vedic principle of bhakti-yoga. Instead, they give stress to following one’s prescribed duty. (2) Atheistic Sāṅkhya philosophers like Kapila analyze the material elements very scrutinizingly and thereby come to the conclusion that material nature is the cause of everything. They do not accept the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all causes. (3) Nyāya philosophers like Gautama and Kaṇāda have accepted a combination of atoms as the original cause of the creation. (4) Māyāvādī philosophers say that everything is an illusion. Headed by philosophers like Aṣṭāvakra, they stress the impersonal Brahman effulgence as the cause of everything. (5) Philosophers following the precepts of Patañjali practice rāja-yoga. They imagine a form of the Absolute Truth within many forms. That is their process of self-realization.
All five of these philosophies completely reject the predominance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and strive to establish their own philosophical theories. However, Śrīla Vyāsadeva wrote the Vedānta-sūtra and, taking the essence of all Vedic literature, established the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. All five kinds of philosophers mentioned above understand that impersonal Brahman is without material qualities, and they believe that when the Personality of Godhead appears, He is contaminated and covered by the material qualities. The technical term used is saguṇa. They speak of saguṇa Brahman and nirguṇa Brahman. For them, nirguṇa Brahman means “the impersonal Absolute Truth without any material qualities” and saguṇa Brahman means “the Absolute Truth that accepts the contamination of material qualities.” More or less, this kind of philosophical speculation is called Māyāvāda philosophy. The fact is, however, that the Absolute Truth never has anything to do with material qualities because He is transcendental. He is always complete with full spiritual qualities. The five philosophers mentioned above do not accept Lord Viṣṇu as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but they are very busy refuting the philosophies of other schools. There are six kinds of philosophical processes in India. Because Vyāsadeva is the Vedic authority, he is known as Vedavyāsa. His philosophical explanation of the Vedānta-sūtra is accepted by the devotees. As Kṛṣṇa confirms in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15):
sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭo
mattaḥ smṛtir jñānam apohanaṁ ca
vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyo
vedānta-kṛd veda-vid eva cāham
“I am seated in everyone’s heart, and from Me come remembrance, knowledge and forgetfulness. By all the Vedas, I am to be known; indeed, I am the compiler of Vedānta, and I am the knower of the Vedas.
The ultimate goal of studying all Vedic literature is the acceptance of Kṛṣṇa as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is propagating the philosophical conclusion of Śrīla Vyāsadeva and following other great ācāryas like Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya, Viṣṇu Svāmī, Nimbārka and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself.
তর্কোঽপ্রতিষ্ঠঃ শ্রুতয়ো বিভিন্না
নাসাবৃষির্যস্য মতং ন ভিন্নম্ ।
ধর্মস্য তত্ত্বং নিহিতং গুহায়াং
মহাজনো যেন গতঃ স পন্থাঃ ॥ ৫৭ ॥
tarko ’pratiṣṭhaḥ śrutayo vibhinnā
nāsāv ṛṣir yasya mataṁ na bhinnam
dharmasya tattvaṁ nihitaṁ guhāyāṁ
mahājano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ

Synonyms

tarkaḥdry argument; apratiṣṭhaḥnot fixed; śrutayaḥthe Vedas; vibhinnāḥpossessing different departments; nanot; asauthat; ṛṣiḥgreat sage; yasyawhose; matamopinion; nanot; bhinnamseparate; dharmasyaof religious principles; tattvamtruth; nihitamplaced; guhāyāmin the heart of a realized person; mahā-janaḥself-realized predecessors; yenaby which way; gataḥacted; saḥthat; panthāḥthe pure, unadulterated path.

Translation

“ ‘Dry arguments are inconclusive. A great personality whose opinion does not differ from others is not considered a great sage. Simply by studying the Vedas, which are variegated, one cannot come to the right path by which religious principles are understood. The solid truth of religious principles is hidden in the heart of an unadulterated, self-realized person. Consequently, as the śāstras confirm, one should accept whatever progressive path the mahājanas advocate.’

Purport

This is a verse spoken by Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja in the Mahābhārata, Vana-parva 313.117.
শ্রীকৃষ্ণচৈতন্য-বাণী — অমৃতের ধার ।
তিঁহো যে কহয়ে বস্তু, সেই ‘তত্ত্ব’ — সার ॥” ৫৮ ॥
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vāṇī — amṛtera dhāra
tiṅho ye kahaye vastu, sei ‘tattva’ — sāra”

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya-vāṇīthe message of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; amṛtera dhāraa continuous shower of nectar; tiṅhothe Lord; ye kahaye vastuwhatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonum; sei tattva sārathat is the essence of all spiritual knowledge.

Translation

“The words of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are a shower of nectar. Whatever He concludes to be the ultimate truth is indeed the summum bonum of all spiritual knowledge.”
এ সব বৃত্তান্ত শুনি’ মহারাষ্ট্রীয় ব্রাহ্মণ ।
প্রভুরে কহিতে সুখে করিলা গমন ॥ ৫৯ ॥
e saba vṛttānta śuni’ mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa
prabhure kahite sukhe karilā gamana

Synonyms

e saba vṛttāntaall these descriptions; śuni’hearing; mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇathe Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa; prabhureLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahiteto inform; sukhevery happily; karilā gamanawent.

Translation

After hearing all these statements, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa very jubilantly went to inform Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
হেনকালে মহাপ্ৰভু পঞ্চনদে স্নান করি’ ।
দেখিতে চলিয়াছেন ‘বিন্দুমাধব হরি’ ॥ ৬০ ॥
hena-kāle mahāprabhu pañca-nade snāna kari’
dekhite caliyāchena ‘bindu-mādhava hari’

Synonyms

hena-kāleat this time; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pañca-nade snāna kari’taking His bath in the Ganges, called the Pañca-nada; dekhite caliyāchenawas going to see; bindu-mādhava harithe Deity known as Lord Bindu Mādhava.

Translation

When the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa went to see Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Lord was going to the temple of Bindu Mādhava after bathing in the waters of the Pañca-nada.
পথে সেই বিপ্র সব বৃত্তান্ত কহিল ।
শুনি’ মহাপ্রভু সুখে ঈষৎ হাসিল ॥ ৬১ ॥
pathe sei vipra saba vṛttānta kahila
śuni’ mahāprabhu sukhe īṣat hāsila

Synonyms

patheon the way; sei viprathat brāhmaṇa; saba vṛttānta kahilaexplained the whole incident; śuni’hearing; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sukhein happiness; īṣatmildly; hāsilasmiled.

Translation

While the Lord was on His way, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa informed Him about the incident that took place in the camp of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī. Hearing this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu smiled happily.
মাধব-সৌন্দর্য দেখি’ আবিষ্ট হইলা ।
অঙ্গনেতে আসি’ প্রেমে নাচিতে লাগিলা ॥ ৬২ ॥
mādhava-saundarya dekhi’ āviṣṭa ha-ilā
aṅganete āsi’ preme nācite lāgilā

Synonyms

mādhava-saundarya dekhi’after seeing the beauty of Lord Bindu Mādhava; āviṣṭa ha-ilābecame ecstatic in love; aṅganete āsi’coming to the courtyard; premein great love; nācite lāgilābegan to dance.

Translation

Upon reaching the temple of Bindu Mādhava, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, seeing the beauty of Lord Bindu Mādhava, became overwhelmed in ecstatic love. He then began to dance in the courtyard of the temple.
শেখর, পরমানন্দ, তপন, সনাতন ।
চারিজন মিলি’ করে নাম-সংকীর্তন ॥ ৬৩ ॥
śekhara, paramānanda, tapana, sanātana
cāri-jana mili’ kare nāma-saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

śekharaCandraśekhara; paramānandaParamānanda Purī; tapanaTapana Miśra; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; cāri-jana mili’all four of them; kareperform; nāma-saṅkīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra..

Translation

There were four people accompanying Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and these were Candraśekhara, Paramānanda Purī, Tapana Miśra and Sanātana Gosvāmī. They were all chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra in the following way.
“হরয়ে নমঃ কৃষ্ণ যাদবায় নমঃ ।
গোপাল গোবিন্দ রাম শ্রীমধুসূদন ॥” ৬৪ ॥
“haraye namaḥ kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ
gopāla govinda rāma śrī-madhusūdana”

Synonyms

harayeunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; namaḥobeisances; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; yādavāyato the descendant of the Yadu family; namaḥobeisances; gopālaGopāla; govindaGovinda; rāmaRāma; śrī-madhusūdanaŚrī Madhusūdana.

Translation

They chanted, “Haraye namaḥ kṛṣṇa yādavāya namaḥ, gopāla govinda rāma śrī-madhusūdana.”

Purport

This is another way of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. The meaning is as follows: “I offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. He is the descendant of the Yadu family. Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto Gopāla, Govinda, Rāma and Śrī Madhusūdana.”
চৌদিকেতে লক্ষ লোক বলে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ।
উঠিল মঙ্গলধ্বনি স্বর্গ-মর্ত্য ভরি’ ॥ ৬৫ ॥
caudikete lakṣa loka bale ‘hari’ ‘hari’
uṭhila maṅgala-dhvani svarga-martya bhari’

Synonyms

cau-diketeall around; lakṣahundreds of thousands; lokapeople; balechant; hari hariO Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari; uṭhilathere arose; maṅgala-dhvanian auspicious sound; svarga-martya bhari’overwhelming all the universe.

Translation

In all directions, hundreds of thousands of people began to chant, “Hari! Hari!” Thus there arose a tumultuous and auspicious sound filling the entire universe.
নিকটে হরিধ্বনি শুনি’ প্রকাশানন্দ ।
দেখিতে কৌতুকে আইলা লঞা শিষ্যবৃন্দ ॥ ৬৬ ॥
nikaṭe hari-dhvani śuni’ parakāśānanda
dekhite kautuke āilā lañā śiṣya-vṛnda

Synonyms

nikaṭenearby; hari-dhvani śuni’after hearing the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; parakāśānandaPrakāśānanda Sarasvatī; dekhiteto see; kautukein great eagerness; āilācame; lañātaking; śiṣya-vṛndaall the disciples.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, who was staying nearby, heard this tumultuous chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, he and his disciples immediately came to see the Lord.
দেখিয়া প্রভুর নৃত্য, প্রেম, দেহের মাধুরী ।
শিষ্যগণ-সঙ্গে সেই বলে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ॥ ৬৭ ॥
dekhiyā prabhura nṛtya, prema, dehera mādhurī
śiṣya-gaṇa-saṅge sei bale ‘hari’ ‘hari’

Synonyms

dekhiyāseeing; prabhura nṛtyathe dancing of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; premaecstatic love; dehera mādhurīthe transcendental beauty of His body; śiṣya-gaṇa-saṅgewith his disciples; seiPrakāśānanda Sarasvatī; balechants; hari hariLord Hari’s name.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī saw the Lord, he and his disciples also joined the chanting with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī was charmed by the Lord’s dancing and ecstatic love and by the transcendental beauty of His body.
কম্প, স্বরভঙ্গ, স্বেদ, বৈবর্ণ, স্তম্ভ ।
অশ্রুধারায় ভিজে লোক, পুলক-কদম্ব ॥ ৬৮ ॥
kampa, svara-bhaṅga, sveda, vaivarṇya, stambha
aśru-dhārāya bhije loka, pulaka-kadamba

Synonyms

kampatrembling; svara-bhaṅgafaltering voice; svedaperspiration; vaivarṇyafading of bodily color; stambhabecoming stunned; aśru-dhārāyawith showers of tears from the eyes; bhijewet; lokaall the people; pulaka-kadambaeruptions on the body like kadamba flowers.

Translation

Ecstatic spiritual transformations began to take place in the Lord’s body. His body trembled, and His voice faltered. He perspired, turned pale and wept a constant flow of tears, which wet all the people standing there. The eruptions on the Lord’s body appeared like kadamba flowers.
হর্ষ, দৈন্য, চাপল্যাদি ‘সঞ্চারী’ বিকার ।
দেখি’ কাশীবাসী লোকের হৈল চমৎকার ॥ ৬৯ ॥
harṣa, dainya, cāpalyādi ‘sañcārī’ vikāra
dekhi’ kāśī-vāsī lokera haila camatkāra

Synonyms

harṣajubilation; dainyahumility; cāpalya-āditalking in ecstasy and so on; sañcārī vikārathe transient transformations; dekhi’seeing; kāśī-vāsīthe inhabitants of Benares; lokeraof all the people; haila camatkārathere was astonishment.

Translation

All the people were astonished to see the Lord’s jubilation and humility and to hear Him talk in ecstasy. Indeed, all the residents of Benares [Kāśī] saw the bodily transformations and were astonished.
লোকসংঘট্ট দেখি’ প্রভুর ‘বাহ্য’ যবে হৈল ।
সন্ন্যাসীর গণ দেখি’ নৃত্য সম্বরিল ॥ ৭০ ॥
loka-saṅghaṭṭa dekhi’ prabhura ‘bāhya’ yabe haila
sannyāsīra gaṇa dekhi’ nṛtya saṁvarila

Synonyms

loka-saṅghaṭṭa dekhi’by seeing the great crowd of people; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya; bāhyaexternal consciousness; yabe hailawhen there was; sannyāsīra gaṇathe groups of Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, headed by Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; dekhi’seeing; nṛtya saṁvarilasuspended His dancing.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu regained His external consciousness, He saw that many Māyāvādī sannyāsīs and other people were gathered there. He therefore suspended His dancing for the time being.
প্রকাশানন্দের প্রভু বন্দিলা চরণ ।
প্রকাশানন্দ আসি’ তাঁর ধরিল চরণ ॥ ৭১ ॥
prakāśānandera prabhu vandilā caraṇa
prakāśānanda āsi’ tāṅra dharila caraṇa

Synonyms

prakāśānanderaof Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vandilāprayed; caraṇaat the feet; prakāśānandaPrakāśānanda Sarasvatī; āsi’coming; tāṅraHis; dharila caraṇaimmediately caught the lotus feet.

Translation

After stopping the kīrtana, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is a great example of humility, offered prayers unto the feet of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī. At this, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī immediately came forward and clasped the Lord’s lotus feet.
প্রভু কহে, — “তুমি জগদ্‌গুরু পূজ্যতম ।
আমি তোমার না হই ‘শিষ্যের শিষ্য’ সম ॥ ৭২ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘tumi jagad-guru pūjyatama
āmi tomāra nā ha-i ‘śiṣyera śiṣya’ sama

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued to speak; tumiyou; jagat-guruthe spiritual master of the whole world; pūjya-tamathe most worshipable; āmiI; tomārayour; ha-iam not; śiṣyera śiṣya samaequal to the disciple of the disciple.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī caught hold of the Lord’s lotus feet, the Lord said, “My dear sir, you are the spiritual master of the whole world; therefore you are most worshipable. As far as I am concerned, I am not even on the level of the disciple of your disciple.”

Purport

Māyāvādī sannyāsīs generally call themselves jagad-guru, the spiritual master of the whole world. Many consider themselves worshipable by everyone, although they do not even go outside India or their own district. Out of His great magnanimity and humility, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu presented Himself as a subordinate disciple of Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī.
শ্রেষ্ঠ হঞা কেনে কর হীনের বন্দন ।
আমার সর্বনাশ হয়, তুমি ব্ৰহ্ম-সম ॥ ৭৩ ॥
śreṣṭha hañā kene kara hīnera vandana
āmāra sarva-nāśa haya, tumi brahma-sama

Synonyms

śreṣṭha hañābeing a more honorable person; kenewhy; karayou do; hīneraof an inferior person; vandanaworship; āmāra sarva-nāśa hayaI become minimized in My strength; tumi brahma-samayou are equal with the impersonal Brahman.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “You are a great, spiritually advanced personality, and therefore you cannot worship a person like Me. I am far inferior. If you do so, My spiritual power will be diminished, for you are as good as the impersonal Brahman.
যদ্যপি তোমারে সব ব্রহ্ম-সম ভাসে ।
লোকশিক্ষা লাগি’ ঐছে করিতে না আইসে ॥’ ৭৪ ॥
yadyapi tomāre saba brahma-sama bhāse
loka-śikṣā lāgi’ aiche karite nā āise’

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; tomārefor you; sabaeveryone; brahma-samaequal to the impersonal Brahman; bhāseappears; loka-śikṣā lāgi’for the enlightenment of people in general; aichein such a way; karite āiseyou should not present yourself.

Translation

“My dear sir, for you everyone is on the level of impersonal Brahman, but for the enlightenment of people in general you should not behave in that way.”
তেঁহো কহে, ‘তোমার পূর্বে নিন্দা-অপরাধ যে করিল ।
তোমার চরণ-স্পর্শে, সব ক্ষয় গেল ॥ ৭৫ ॥
teṅho kahe, ‘tomāra pūrve nindā-aparādha ye karila
tomāra caraṇa-sparśe, saba kṣaya gela

Synonyms

teṅho kahehe replied; tomāraof You; pūrveformerly; nindā-aparādhaoffenses and blasphemy; ye karilawhatever I have done; tomāra caraṇa-sparśeby touching Your lotus feet; saba kṣaya gelathe effects of all those offenses have been destroyed.

Translation

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī replied, “Formerly I committed many offenses against You by blaspheming You, but now the effects of my offenses are counteracted by my touching Your lotus feet.
জীবন্মুক্তা অপি পুনর্যান্তি সংসারবাসনাম্ ।
যদ্যচিন্ত্যমহাশক্তৌ ভগবত্যপরাধিনঃ ॥ ৭৬ ॥
jīvan-muktā api punar
yānti saṁsāra-vāsanām
yady acintya-mahā-śaktau
bhagavaty aparādhinaḥ

Synonyms

jīvat-muktāḥpersons liberated during this life; apialso; punaḥagain; yāntigo; saṁsāra-vāsanāmto desire material enjoyment; yadiif; acintya-mahā-śaktauto the possessor of inconceivable spiritual potency; bhagavatithe Supreme Personality of Godhead; aparādhinaḥoffenders.

Translation

“ ‘If a person considered liberated in this life commits offenses against the reservoir of inconceivable potencies, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he will again fall down and desire the material atmosphere for material enjoyment.’
স বৈ ভগবতঃ শ্রীমৎপাদস্পর্শহতাশুভঃ ।
ভেজে সর্পবপুর্হিত্বা রূপং বিদ্যাধরার্চিতম্‌ ॥” ৭৭ ॥
sa vai bhagavataḥ śrīmat-
pāda-sparśa-hatāśubhaḥ
bheje sarpa-vapur hitvā
rūpaṁ vidyādharārcitam

Synonyms

saḥhe (the serpent); vaiindeed; bhagavataḥof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; śrīmat-pāda-sparśaby the touch of the lotus feet; hata-aśubhaḥrelieved from all reactions of sinful life; bhejeachieved; sarpa-vapuḥthe body of a snake; hitvāgiving up; rūpambeauty; vidyādhara-arcitamsuitable for a person of Vidyādharaloka.

Translation

“ ‘Being touched by the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, that serpent was immediately freed from the reactions of his sinful life. Thus the serpent gave up his body and assumed the body of a beautiful Vidyādhara demigod.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.34.9). The inhabitants of Vṛndāvana, under the leadership of Nanda Mahārāja, once went to the bank of the Sarasvatī on a pilgrimage. Nanda Mahārāja was fasting, and he lay down near the forest. At that time a serpent, who was formerly cursed by Āṅgirasa Ṛṣi, appeared. This serpent had formerly been named Sudarśana, and he had belonged to the Vidyādhara planet. However, because he joked with the ṛṣi, he was condemned to take on the body of a big snake. When this serpent attacked Nanda Mahārāja, Nanda Mahārāja began to call, “Kṛṣṇa! Help!” Kṛṣṇa immediately appeared and began to kick the serpent with His lotus feet. Due to being touched by the Lord’s lotus feet, the serpent was immediately freed from the reactions of his sinful life. Being freed, he again assumed his original form of Sudarśana, the Vidyādhara.
প্রভু কহে, — ‘বিষ্ণু’ ‘বিষ্ণু’, আমি ক্ষুদ্র জীব হীন ।
জীবে ‘বিষ্ণু’ মানি — এই অপরাধ-চিহ্ন ॥ ৭৮ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ‘viṣṇu’ ‘viṣṇu’, āmi kṣudra jīva hīna
jīve ‘viṣṇu’ māni — ei aparādha-cihna

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; viṣṇu viṣṇuthe holy name of Viṣṇu; āmiI; kṣudrainfinitesimal; jīvaa living entity; hīnabereft of all good qualities; jīvesuch a low-grade living entity; viṣṇu māniaccepting as Lord Viṣṇu or the Personality of Godhead; ei aparādha-cihnathis is a great offense.

Translation

When Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī supported himself by quoting the verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately protested by uttering the holy name of Lord Viṣṇu. The Lord then presented Himself as a most fallen living entity, and He said, “If someone accepts a fallen conditioned soul as Viṣṇu, Bhagavān, or an incarnation, he commits a great offense.”

Purport

Although Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was Viṣṇu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to teach us a lesson He nonetheless denied belonging to the Viṣṇu category. Unfortunately, there are many so-called Viṣṇu incarnations in this Age of Kali. People do not know that posing oneself as an incarnation is most offensive. People should not accept an ordinary man as an incarnation of God, for this also is a very great offense.
জীবে ‘বিষ্ণু’ বুদ্ধি দূরে — যেই ব্রহ্ম-রুদ্র-সম ।
নারায়ণে মানে তারে ‘পাষণ্ডীতে’ গণন ॥ ৭৯ ॥
jīve ‘viṣṇu’ buddhi dūre — yei brahma-rudra-sama
nārāyaṇe māne tāre ‘pāṣaṇḍīte’ gaṇana

Synonyms

jīvean ordinary living being; viṣṇuas Lord Viṣṇu; buddhiacceptance; dūrelet alone; yeianyone who; brahma-rudra-samaequal to personalities like Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva; nārāyaṇeLord Nārāyaṇa, Viṣṇu; māneaccepts; tāresuch a person; pāṣaṇḍīte gaṇanais grouped among the pāṣaṇḍīs, atheistic offenders.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “To say nothing of ordinary living entities, even Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva cannot be considered on the level of Viṣṇu or Nārāyaṇa. If one considers them as such, he is immediately considered an offender and atheist.
যস্তু নারায়ণং দেবং ব্রহ্মরুদ্রাদিদৈবতৈঃ ।
সমত্বেনৈব বীক্ষেত স পাষণ্ডী ভবেদ্‌ধ্রুবম্ ॥ ৮০ ॥
yas tu nārāyaṇaṁ devaṁ
brahma-rudrādi-daivataiḥ
samatvenaiva vīkṣeta
sa pāṣaṇḍī bhaved dhruvam”

Synonyms

yaḥany person who; tuhowever; nārāyaṇamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of such demigods as Brahmā and Śiva; devamthe Lord; brahmaLord Brahmā; rudraLord Śiva; ādiand others; daivataiḥwith such demigods; samatvenaon an equal level; evacertainly; vīkṣetaobserves; saḥsuch a person; pāṣaṇḍīpāṣaṇḍī; bhavetmust be; dhruvamcertainly.

Translation

“ ‘A person who considers demigods like Brahmā and Śiva to be on an equal level with Nārāyaṇa is to be considered an offender, a pāṣaṇḍī.’ ”
প্রকাশানন্দ কহে, — “তুমি সাক্ষাৎ ভগবান্ ।
তবু যদি কর তাঁর ‘দাস’-অভিমান ॥ ৮১ ॥
prakāśānanda kahe, — “tumi sākṣāt bhagavān
tabu yadi kara tāṅra ‘dāsa’-abhimāna

Synonyms

prakāśānanda kahePrakāśānanda Sarasvatī replied; tumiYou; sākṣātdirectly; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; tabuyet; yadiif; karaYou pose; tāṅra dāsa-abhimānaconsidering Yourself His servant.

Translation

Prakāśānanda replied, “You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa Himself. Nonetheless, You are considering Yourself His eternal servant.
তবু পূজ্য হও, তুমি বড় আমা হৈতে ।
সর্বনাশ হয় মোর তোমার নিন্দাতে ॥ ৮২ ॥
tabu pūjya hao, tumi baḍa āmā haite
sarva-nāśa haya mora tomāra nindāte

Synonyms

tabustill; pūjya haoYou are worshipable; tumi baḍaYou are much greater; āmā haitethan me; sarva-nāśa hayaeverything becomes lost; moramy; tomāra nindāteby blaspheming You.

Translation

“My dear Lord, You are the Supreme Lord, and although You consider Yourself the Lord’s servant, You are nonetheless worshipable. You are much greater than I am; therefore all my spiritual achievements have been lost because I have blasphemed You.
মুক্তানামপি সিদ্ধানাং নারায়ণপরায়ণঃ ।
সুদুর্লভঃ প্রশান্তাত্মা কোটিষ্বপি মহামুনে ॥ ৮৩ ॥
muktānām api siddhānāṁ
nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ
su-durlabhaḥ praśāntātmā
koṭiṣv api mahā-mune

Synonyms

muktānāmof persons liberated or freed from the bondage of ignorance; apieven; siddhānāmof persons who have achieved perfection; nārāyaṇaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parāyaṇaḥthe devotee; su-durlabhaḥvery rare; praśānta-ātmācompletely satisfied, desireless; koṭiṣuamong many millions; apicertainly; mahā-muneO great sage.

Translation

“ ‘O great sage, out of many millions of materially liberated people who are free from ignorance, and out of many millions of siddhas who have nearly attained perfection, there is hardly one pure devotee of Nārāyaṇa. Only such a devotee is actually completely satisfied and peaceful.’

Purport

This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.14.5).
আয়ুঃ শ্রিয়ং যশো ধর্মং লোকানাশিষ এব চ ।
হন্তি শ্রেয়াংসি সর্বাণি পুংসো মহদতিক্রমঃ ॥ ৮৪ ॥
āyuḥ śriyaṁ yaśo dharmaṁ
lokān āśiṣa eva ca
hanti śreyāṁsi sarvāṇi
puṁso mahad-atikramaḥ

Synonyms

āyuḥduration of life; śriyamopulence; yaśaḥreputation; dharmamreligion; lokānpossessions; āśiṣaḥbenedictions; evacertainly; caand; hantidestroys; śreyāṁsigood fortune; sarvāṇiall; puṁsaḥof a person; mahatof great souls; atikramaḥviolation.

Translation

“ ‘When a person mistreats great souls, his life span, opulence, reputation, religion, possessions and good fortune are all destroyed.’

Purport

This statement (Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 10.4.46) was made by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit.
নৈষাং মতিস্তাবদুরুক্রমাঙ্ঘ্রিং
স্পৃশত্যনর্থাপগমো যদর্থঃ ।
মহীয়সাং পাদরজোঽভিষেকং
নিষ্কিঞ্চনানাং ন বৃণীত যাবৎ ॥ ৮৫ ॥
naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ
spṛśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ
mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-’bhiṣekaṁ
niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat

Synonyms

nanot; eṣāmof those who are attached to household life; matiḥthe interest; tāvatthat long; urukrama-aṅghrimthe lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is credited with uncommon activities; spṛśatitouches; anarthaof unwanted things; apagamaḥvanquishing; yatof which; arthaḥresults; mahīyasāmof the great personalities, devotees; pāda-rajaḥof the dust of the lotus feet; abhiṣekamsprinkling on the head; niṣkiñcanānāmwho are completely detached from material possessions; na vṛṇītadoes not do; yāvatas long as.

Translation

“ ‘Unless human society accepts the dust of the lotus feet of great mahātmās — devotees who have nothing to do with material possessions — mankind cannot turn its attention to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. Those lotus feet vanquish all the unwanted, miserable conditions of material life.’

Purport

This verse appears in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.32). For an explanation, see Madhya-līlā 22.53.
এবে তোমার পাদাব্জে উপজিবে ভক্তি ।
তথি লাগি’ করি তোমার চরণে প্রণতি ॥” ৮৬ ॥
ebe tomāra pādābje upajibe bhakti
tathi lāgi’ kari tomāra caraṇe praṇati”

Synonyms

ebenow; tomāraYour; pāda-abjeto the lotus feet; upajibewill grow; bhaktidevotional service; tathi lāgi’for that reason; kariI do; tomāra caraṇe praṇatihumble obeisances at Your lotus feet.

Translation

“Henceforward I shall certainly develop devotional service unto Your lotus feet. For this reason I have come to You and have fallen down at Your lotus feet.”
এত বলি’ প্রভুরে লঞা তথায় বসিল ।
প্রভুরে প্রকাশানন্দ পুছিতে লাগিল ॥ ৮৭ ॥
eta bali’ prabhure lañā tathāya vasila
prabhure prakāśānanda puchite lāgila

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; prabhureŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lañātaking; tathāya vasilasat down there; prabhureunto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prakāśānandaPrakāśānanda Sarasvatī; puchite lāgilabegan to inquire.

Translation

After saying this, Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī sat down with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and began to question the Lord as follows.
মায়াবাদে করিলা যত দোষের আখ্যান ।
সবে এই জানি’ আচার্যের কল্পিত ব্যাখ্যান ॥ ৮৮ ॥
māyāvāde karilā yata doṣera ākhyāna
sabe ei jāni’ ācāryera kalpita vyākhyāna

Synonyms

māyāvādein the philosophy of Māyāvāda, impersonalism; karilāYou have done; yataall; doṣera ākhyānadescription of the faults; sabeall; eithese; jāni’knowing; ācāryeraof Śaṅkarācārya; kalpita vyākhyānaimaginary explanations.

Translation

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī said, “We can understand the faults You have pointed out in the Māyāvāda philosophy. All the explanations given by Śaṅkarācārya are imaginary.
সূত্রের করিলা তুমি মুখ্যার্থ-বিবরণ ।
তাহা শুনি’ সবার হৈল চমৎকার মন ॥ ৮৯ ॥
sūtrera karilā tumi mukhyārtha-vivaraṇa
tāhā śuni’ sabāra haila camatkāra mana

Synonyms

sūtreraof the Brahma-sūtra; karilāhave done; tumiYou; mukhya-artha-vivaraṇadescription of the direct meaning; tāhā śuni’hearing that; sabāraof everyone; hailabecame; camatkāraastonished; manathe mind.

Translation

“My dear Lord, whatever direct meaning You have given when explaining the Brahma-sūtra is certainly very wonderful to all of us.
তুমি ত’ ঈশ্বর, তোমার আছে সর্বশক্তি ।
সংক্ষেপরূপে কহ তুমি শুনিতে হয় মতি ॥ ৯০ ॥
tumi ta’ īśvara, tomāra āche sarva-śakti
saṅkṣepa-rūpe kaha tumi śunite haya mati

Synonyms

tumi ta’indeed You are; īśvarathe Supreme Lord; tomāraof You; āchethere are; sarva-śaktiall potencies; saṅkṣepa-rūpebriefly; kahaplease explain; tumiYou; śunite haya matiI wish to hear.

Translation

“You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore You have inconceivable energies. I wish to hear from You briefly about the Brahma-sūtra.”

Purport

Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī said that he had already understood Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s explanation of the direct import of the Brahma-sūtra. Nonetheless, he was requesting the Lord to now briefly give the purport of the Brahma-sūtra, the Vedānta-sūtra.
প্রভু কহে, — “আমি ‘জীব’, অতি তুচ্ছ-জ্ঞান ।
ব্যাসসূত্রের গম্ভীর অর্থ, ব্যাস — ভগবান্ ॥ ৯১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “āmi ‘jīva’, ati tuccha-jñāna!
vyāsa-sūtrera gambhīra artha, vyāsa — bhagavān

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; āmi jīvaI am an insignificant living being; ati tuccha-jñānaMy knowledge is very meager; vyāsa-sūtreraof the Vedānta-sūtra, written by Vyāsadeva; gambhīra arthavery grave meaning; vyāsaVyāsadeva; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “I am an ordinary living being, and therefore My knowledge is very insignificant. However, the meaning of the Brahma-sūtra is very grave because its author, Vyāsadeva, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.

Purport

An ordinary living being cannot actually understand the meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra. One can understand the meaning if he hears it from the authority, Vyāsadeva himself. For this purpose, Vyāsadeva gave a commentary on the Brahma-sūtra in the form of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. He had been instructed to do this by his spiritual master, Nārada. Of course, Śaṅkarācārya distorted the meaning of the Brahma-sūtra because he had a motive to serve. He wanted to establish Vedic knowledge in place of the atheistic knowledge spread by Lord Buddha. All these necessities are there according to time and circumstances. Neither Lord Buddha nor Śaṅkarācārya is to be blamed. The time required such an explanation for the understanding of various types of atheists. The conclusion is that one cannot understand the meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra without going through Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and rendering devotional service. Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore further explains the matter in the following verses.
তাঁর সূত্রের অর্থ কোন জীব নাহি জানে ।
অতএব আপনে সূত্রার্থ করিয়াছে ব্যাখ্যানে ॥ ৯২ ॥
tāṅra sūtrera artha kona jīva nāhi jāne
ataeva āpane sūtrārtha kariyāche vyākhyāne

Synonyms

tāṅra sūtrera arthathe meaning of Vyāsadeva’s Vedānta-sūtra; konaany; jīvaliving being; nāhi jānedoes not know; ataevatherefore; āpanepersonally; sūtra-arthathe meanings of the sūtras; kariyāche vyākhyānehas described.

Translation

“The purport of the Vedānta-sūtra is very difficult for an ordinary person to understand, but Vyāsadeva, out of his causeless mercy, has personally explained the meaning.
যেই সূত্রকর্তা, সে যদি করয়ে ব্যাখ্যান ।
তবে সূত্রের মূল অর্থ লোকের হয় জ্ঞান ॥ ৯৩ ॥
yei sūtra-kartā, se yadi karaye vyākhyāna
tabe sūtrera mūla artha lokera haya jñāna

Synonyms

yei sūtra-kartāthe person who has made the Vedānta-sūtra; sethat person; yadiif; karaye vyākhyānaexplains the meaning; tabethen; sūtreraof the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; mūlathe original; arthameaning; lokeraof the people in general; haya jñānacomes within knowledge.

Translation

“If the Vedānta-sūtra is explained by Vyāsadeva himself, who has written it, its original meaning can be understood by the people in general.
প্রণবের যেই অর্থ, গায়ত্রীতে সেই হয় ।
সেই অর্থ চতুঃশ্লোকীতে বিবরিয়া কয় ॥ ৯৪ ॥
praṇavera yei artha, gāyatrīte sei haya
sei artha catuḥ-ślokīte vivariyā kaya

Synonyms

praṇaveraof the sound vibration, oṁkāra; yeiwhatever; arthameaning; gāyatrītein the Gāyatrī mantra; seithat; hayathere is; sei arthathat same meaning; catuḥ-ślokītein Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam summarized in four ślokas; vivariyādescribing elaborately; kayahas said.

Translation

“The meaning of the sound vibration oṁkāra is present in the Gāyatrī mantra. The same is elaborately explained in the four ślokas of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam known as the catuḥ-ślokī.
ব্রহ্মারে ঈশ্বর চতুঃশ্লোকী যে কহিলা ।
ব্রহ্মা নারদে সেই উপদেশ কৈলা ॥ ৯৫ ॥
brahmāre īśvara catuḥ-ślokī ye kahilā
brahmā nārade sei upadeśa kailā

Synonyms

brahmāreto Lord Brahmā; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; catuḥ-ślokīthe four famous verses known as the catuḥ-ślokī; ye kahilāwhatever was explained; brahmāLord Brahmā; nāradeto Nārada Muni; seithat; upadeśa kailāinstructed.

Translation

“Whatever was spoken by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to Lord Brahmā in those four verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was also explained to Nārada by Lord Brahmā.
নারদ সেই অর্থ ব্যাসেরে কহিলা ।
শুনি’ বেদব্যাস মনে বিচার করিলা ॥ ৯৬ ॥
nārada sei artha vyāsere kahilā
śuni’ veda-vyāsa mane vicāra karilā

Synonyms

nāradathe great sage Nārada; sei arthathe same purport; vyāsere kahilāexplained to Vyāsadeva; śuni’hearing; veda-vyāsaVyāsadeva; manewithin the mind; vicāra karilāconsidered very carefully.

Translation

“Whatever Lord Brahmā told Nārada Muni was again explained by Nārada Muni to Vyāsadeva. Vyāsadeva later considered these instructions in his mind.
“এই অর্থ — আমার সূত্রের ব্যাখ্যানুরূপ ।
‘ভাগবত’ করিব সূত্রের ভাষ্যস্বরূপ ॥” ৯৭ ॥
“ei artha — āmāra sūtrera vyākhyānurūpa
‘bhāgavata’ kariba sūtrera bhāṣya-svarūpa”

Synonyms

ei arthathis explanation; āmāramy; sūtreraof the Brahma-sūtra; vyākhyā-anurūpaa suitable explanation; bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavata Purāṇa; karibaI shall make; sūtreraof the Brahma-sūtra; bhāṣya-svarūpaas the original commentary.

Translation

“Śrīla Vyāsadeva considered that whatever he had received from Nārada Muni as an explanation of oṁkāra he would elaborately explain in his book Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam as a commentary on the Brahma-sūtra.

Purport

The sound vibration oṁkāra is the root of Vedic knowledge. Oṁkāra is known as the mahā-vākya, or supreme sound. Whatever meaning is in the supreme sound oṁkāra is further understood in the Gāyatrī mantra. Again, this same meaning is explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the four ślokas known as the catuḥ-ślokī, which begin with the words ahaṁ evāsam evāgre. The Lord says, “Only I existed before the creation.” From this statement, four ślokas have been composed, and these are known as the catuḥ-ślokī. In this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead informed Lord Brahmā about the purport of the catuḥ-ślokī. Again, Lord Brahmā explained this to Nārada Muni, and Nārada Muni explained it to Śrīla Vyāsadeva. This is the paramparā system, the disciplic succession. The import of Vedic knowledge, the original word praṇava, has been explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The conclusion is that the Brahma-sūtra is explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
চারিবেদ-উপনিষদে যত কিছু হয় ।
তার অর্থ লঞা ব্যাস করিলা সঞ্চয় ॥ ৯৮ ॥
cāri-veda-upaniṣade yata kichu haya
tāra artha lañā vyāsa karilā sañcaya

Synonyms

cāri-vedathe four divisions of the Vedas (Sāma, Yajur, Ṛg and Atharva); upaniṣadeand in the 108 Upaniṣads; yatawhatever; kichu hayais there; tāra arthathe meanings of those Vedic literatures; lañātaking together; vyāsaVyāsadeva; karilā sañcayacollected.

Translation

“Vyāsadeva collected whatever Vedic conclusions were in the four Vedas and 108 Upaniṣads and placed them in the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra.
যেই সূত্রে যেই ঋক্ — বিষয়-বচন ।
ভাগবতে সেই ঋক্ শ্লোকে নিবন্ধন ॥ ৯৯ ॥
yei sūtre yei ṛk — viṣaya-vacana
bhāgavate sei ṛk śloke nibandhana

Synonyms

yei sūtrein the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; yeiwhatever; ṛkVedic mantras; viṣaya-vacanasubject matter to be explained; bhāgavatein Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sei ṛkthose same Vedic mantras; ślokein eighteen thousand verses; nibandhanacompiling.

Translation

“In the Vedānta-sūtra, the purport of all Vedic knowledge is explained, and in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam the same purport has been explained in eighteen thousand verses.
অতএব ব্রহ্মসূত্রের ভাষ্য — শ্রীভাগবত ।
ভাগবত-শ্লোক, উপনিষৎ কহে ‘এক’মত ॥ ১০০ ॥
ataeva brahma-sūtrera bhāṣya — śrī-bhāgavata
bhāgavata-śloka, upaniṣat kahe ‘eka’ mata

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; brahma-sūtrera bhāṣyathe commentary on the Brahma-sūtra aphorisms; śrī-bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; bhāgavata-ślokathe verses in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; upaniṣatthe explanations in the Upaniṣads; kahestate; eka matathe same version.

Translation

“Therefore it is to be concluded that the Brahma-sūtra is explained vividly in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Also, what is explained in the verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam has the same purport as what is explained in the Upaniṣads.
আত্মাবাস্যমিদং বিশ্বং যৎ কিঞ্চিজ্জগত্যাং জগৎ ।
তেন ত্যক্তেন ভুঞ্জীথা মা গৃধঃ কস্যস্বিদ্ধনম্ ॥ ১০১ ॥
ātmāvāsyam idaṁ viśvaṁ
yat kiñcij jagatyāṁ jagat
tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā
mā gṛdhaḥ kasya svid dhanam

Synonyms

ātma-āvāsyamthe expansion of the energy of the Supreme Soul, the Personality of Godhead; idamthis; viśvamuniverse; yatwhatever; kiñcitsomething; jagatyāmwithin the universe; jagatall that is animate or inanimate; tenaby Him; tyaktenaby things allotted to every person; bhuñjīthāḥyou should accept for your maintenance; never; gṛdhaḥencroach; kasya svitsomeone else’s; dhanamproperty.

Translation

“ ‘Everything animate or inanimate that is within the universe is controlled and owned by the Lord. One should therefore accept only those things for himself that are set aside as his quota, and one should not accept other things, knowing well to whom they belong.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (8.1.10). Communists and socialists are trying to propagate the philosophy that everything belongs to the mass of people or to the state. Such an idea is not perfect. When this idea is expanded, we can see that everything belongs to God. That will be the perfection of the communistic idea. The purpose of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is here very nicely explained. Every one of us must be satisfied with those things the Supreme Personality of Godhead has allotted us. We should not encroach upon the possessions of others. This simple idea can be expanded in our daily lives. Everyone should have a piece of land given by the government, and everyone should possess a few cows. Both of these should be utilized for one’s daily bread. Above that, if something is manufactured in a factory, it should be considered the property of the Supreme Personality of Godhead because the ingredients belong to the Supreme Lord. Actually, there is no need to manufacture such things artificially, but if it is done, one should consider that the goods produced belong to the Supreme Lord. Spiritual communism recognizes the supreme proprietorship of the Supreme Lord. As Lord Kṛṣṇa explains in the Bhagavad-gītā (5.29):
bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁsarva-loka-maheśvaram
suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ
jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati
“A person in full consciousness of Me, knowing Me to be the ultimate beneficiary of all sacrifices and austerities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods, and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attains peace from the pangs of material miseries.”
It is further explained in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam that no one should claim anything as his property. Whatever property one claims to be his actually belongs to Kṛṣṇa. One should be satisfied with whatever has been allotted by the Supreme Lord and should not encroach upon the property of others. This will lead to peace in the whole world.
ভাগবতের সম্বন্ধ, অভিধেয়, প্রয়োজন ।
চতুঃশ্লোকীতে প্রকট তার করিয়াছে লক্ষণ ॥ ১০২ ॥
bhāgavatera sambandha, abhidheya, prayojana
catuḥ-ślokīte prakaṭa tāra kariyāche lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

bhāgavateraof Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sambandhaa personal relationship with God; abhidheyaactivities in that relationship; prayojanathe ultimate goal of life; catuḥ-ślokītein the four famous verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; prakaṭamanifesting; tāraof them; kariyāchehas done; lakṣaṇathe symptoms.

Translation

“The essence of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam — our relationship with the Supreme Lord, our activities in that connection and the goal of life — is manifest in the four verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam known as the catuḥ-ślokī. Everything is explained in those verses.
“আমি — ‘সম্বন্ধ’-তত্ত্ব, আমার জ্ঞানংবিজ্ঞান ।
আমা পাইতে সাধন-ভক্তি ‘অভিধেয়’-নাম ॥ ১০৩ ॥
“āmi — ‘sambandha’-tattva, āmāra jñāna-vijñāna
āmā pāite sādhana-bhakti ‘abhidheya’-nāma

Synonyms

āmiI; sambandha-tattvathe center of all relationships; āmāraof Me; jñānaknowledge; vijñānapractical application of that knowledge; āmā pāiteto obtain Me; sādhana-bhaktithe practice of devotional service; abhidheya-nāmais called activities in that relationship.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa says:] ‘I am the center of all relationships. Knowledge of Me and the practical application of that knowledge is actual knowledge. Approaching Me for devotional service is called abhidheya.

Purport

Spiritual knowledge means fully understanding the Absolute Truth in three features — impersonal Brahman, localized Paramātmā and the all-powerful Supreme Personality of Godhead. Ultimately when one takes shelter at the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and engages in the Lord’s service, the resultant knowledge is called vijñāna, special knowledge, or the practical application of spiritual knowledge. One should be engaged in the Lord’s devotional service to achieve the aim of life, called prayojana. The practice of devotional service to attain that goal of life is called abhidheya.
সাধনের ফল — ‘প্রেম’ মূল-প্রয়োজন ।
সেই প্রেমে পায় জীব আমার ‘সেবন’ ॥ ১০৪ ॥
sādhanera phala — ‘prema’ mūla-prayojana
sei preme pāya jīva āmāra ‘sevana’

Synonyms

sādhanera phalathe result of devotional service; premalove of Godhead; mūla-prayojanathe chief goal; sei premeby that love of Godhead; pāyagets; jīvathe living entity; āmāraMy; sevanaservice.

Translation

“ ‘By rendering devotional service, one gradually rises to the platform of love of Godhead. That is the chief goal of life. On the platform of love of Godhead, one is eternally engaged in the service of the Lord.
জ্ঞানং পরমগুহ্যং মে যদ্বিজ্ঞান-সমন্বিতম্ ।
স-রহস্যং তদঙ্গঞ্চ গৃহাণ গদিতং ময়া ॥ ১০৫ ॥
jñānaṁ parama-guhyaṁ me
yad vijñāna-samanvitam
sa-rahasyaṁ tad-aṅgaṁ ca
gṛhāṇa gaditaṁ mayā

Synonyms

jñānamknowledge; paramaextremely; guhyamconfidential; meof Me; yatwhich; vijñānarealization; samanvitamfully endowed with; sa-rahasyamwith mystery; tatof that; aṅgamsupplementary parts; caand; gṛhāṇajust try to take up; gaditamexplained; mayāby Me.

Translation

“ ‘Please hear attentively what I shall speak to you, for transcendental knowledge about Me is not only scientific but full of mysteries.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.31). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 51.
এই ‘তিন’ তত্ত্ব আমি কহিনু তোমারে ।
‘জীব’ তুমি এই তিন নারিবে জানিবারে ॥ ১০৬ ॥
ei ‘tina’ tattva āmi kahinu tomāre
‘jīva’ tumi ei tina nāribe jānibāre

Synonyms

ei tina tattvaall three of these features of the Absolute Truth; āmiI; kahinushall speak; tomāreunto you; jīvaa living being; tumiyou; ei tinathese three; nāribewill not be able; jānibāreto understand.

Translation

“ ‘O Brahmā, I shall explain all these truths to you. Since you are a living being [jīva], without My explanation you will not be able to understand your relationship with Me, devotional activity and life’s ultimate goal.
যৈছে আমার ‘স্বরূপ’, যৈছে আমার ‘স্থিতি’ ।
যৈছে আমার গুণ, কর্ম, ষড়ৈশ্বর্য-শক্তি ॥ ১০৭ ॥
yaiche āmāra ‘svarūpa’, yaiche āmāra ‘sthiti’
yaiche āmāra guṇa, karma, ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-śakti

Synonyms

yaicheas far as; āmāraMy; svarūpaoriginal form; yaicheas far as; āmāraMy; sthitisituation; yaicheas far as; āmāraMy; guṇaattributes; karmaactivities; ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-śaktisix kinds of opulence.

Translation

“ ‘I shall explain to you My actual form and situation, My attributes, activities and six opulences.’
আমার কৃপায় এই সব স্ফুরুক তোমারে ।”
এত বলি’ তিন তত্ত্ব কহিলা তাঁহারে ॥ ১০৮ ॥
āmāra kṛpāya ei saba sphuruka tomāre”
eta bali’ tina tattva kahilā tāṅhāre

Synonyms

āmāraMy; kṛpāyaby mercy; ei sabaall these; sphuruka tomārelet them be awakened in you; eta bali’saying this; tina tattvathe three truths; kahilā tāṅhāreexplained to him.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa assured Lord Brahmā, ‘By My mercy all these things will be awakened in you.’ Saying this, the Lord began to explain the three truths [tattvas] to Lord Brahmā.
যাবানহং যথা-ভাবো যদ্রূপগুণকর্মকঃ ।
তথৈব তত্ত্ববিজ্ঞানমস্তু তে মদনুগ্রহাৎ ॥ ১০৯ ॥
yāvān ahaṁ yathā-bhāvo
yad-rūpa-guṇa-karmakaḥ
tathaiva tattva-vijñānam
astu te mad-anugrahāt

Synonyms

yāvānas I am in My eternal form; ahamI; yathāin whichever manner; bhāvaḥtranscendental existence; yatwhatever; rūpavarious forms and colors; guṇaqualities; karmakaḥactivities; tathā evaexactly so; tattva-vijñānamfactual realization; astulet there be; teyour; matMy; anugrahātby causeless mercy.

Translation

“ ‘By My causeless mercy, be enlightened in truth about My personality, manifestations, qualities and pastimes.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.32). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 52.
সৃষ্টির পূর্বে ষড়ৈশ্বর্যপূর্ণ আমি ত’ হইয়ে ।
‘প্রপঞ্চ’, ‘প্রকৃতি’, ‘পুরুষ’ আমাতেই লয়ে ॥ ১১০ ॥
sṛṣṭira pūrve ṣaḍ-aiśvarya-pūrṇa āmi ta’ ha-iye
‘prapañca’, ‘prakṛti’, ‘puruṣa’ āmātei laye

Synonyms

sṛṣṭira pūrvebefore the creation of this cosmic manifestation; ṣaṭ-aiśvarya-pūrṇafull of six opulences; āmiI; ta’ ha-iyeindeed existed; prapañcathe total material energy; prakṛtimaterial nature; puruṣathe living entities; āmātei layewere all existing in Me.

Translation

“ ‘Before the creation of the cosmic manifestation,’ the Lord said, ‘I existed, and the total material energy, material nature and the living entities all existed in Me.
সৃষ্টি করি’ তার মধ্যে আমি প্রবেশিয়ে ।
প্রপঞ্চ যে দেখ সব, সেহ আমি হইয়ে ॥ ১১১ ॥
sṛṣṭi kari’ tāra madhye āmi praveśiye
prapañca ye dekha saba, seha āmi ha-iye

Synonyms

sṛṣṭi kari’after creating; tāra madhyewithin the creation; āmi praveśiyeI enter as Lord Viṣṇu; prapañcathe cosmic manifestation; yewhatever; dekhayou see; sabaall; sehathat; āmi ha-iyeI am.

Translation

“ ‘After creating the cosmic manifestation, I entered into it. Whatever you see in the cosmic manifestation is but an expansion of My energy.
প্রলয়ে অবশিষ্ট আমি ‘পূর্ণ’ হইয়ে ।
প্রাকৃত প্রপঞ্চ পায় আমাতেই লয়ে ॥ ১১২ ॥
pralaye avaśiṣṭa āmi ‘pūrṇa’ ha-iye
prākṛta prapañca pāya āmātei laye

Synonyms

pralayeat the time of annihilation; avaśiṣṭawhat remains; āmiI; pūrṇafull; ha-iyeam; prākṛta prapañcathe material cosmic manifestation; pāyaobtains; āmāteiin Me; layedissolution..

Translation

“ ‘When the whole universe dissolves, I remain full in Myself, and everything that was manifested is again preserved in Me.
অহমেবাসমেবাগ্রে নান্যদ্‌যৎ সদসৎপরম্ ।
পশ্চাদহং যদেতচ্চ যোঽবশিষ্যেত সোঽস্ম্যহম্ ॥ ১১৩ ॥
aham evāsam evāgre
nānyad yat sad-asat-param
paścād ahaṁ yad etac ca
yo ’vaśiṣyeta so ’smy aham

Synonyms

ahamI, the Personality of Godhead; evacertainly; āsamexisted; evaonly; agrebefore the creation; nanever; anyatanything else; yatwhich; satthe effect; asatthe cause; paramthe supreme; paścātafter; ahamI, the Personality of Godhead; yatwhich; etatthis creation; caalso; yaḥwho; avaśiṣyetaremains; saḥthat; asmiam; ahamI, the Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘Prior to the cosmic manifestation, only I exist, and no phenomena exist, either gross, subtle or primordial. After creation, only I exist in everything, and after annihilation, only I remain eternally.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.33). It is the first verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 53.
“অহমেব”-শ্লোকে ‘অহম্’ — তিনবার ।
পূর্ণৈশ্বর্য শ্রীবিগ্রহ-স্থিতির নির্ধার ॥ ১১৪ ॥
“aham eva”-śloke ‘aham’ — tina-bāra
pūrṇaiśvarya śrī-vigraha-sthitira nirdhāra

Synonyms

aham evaI only; ślokein this verse; ahamthe word aham; tina-bārathree times; pūrṇa-aiśvaryafull of all opulences; śrī-vigrahaof the transcendental form of the Lord; sthitiraof the existence; nirdhāraconfirmation.

Translation

“In the verse beginning ‘aham eva,’ the word ‘aham’ is expressed three times. In the beginning there are the words ‘aham eva.’ In the second line there are the words ‘paścād aham.’ At the end are the words ‘so ’smy aham.’ This ‘aham’ indicates the Supreme Person. By the repetition of ‘aham,’ the transcendental personality who is complete with six opulences is confirmed.
যে ‘বিগ্রহ’ নাহি মানে, ‘নিরাকার’ মানে ।
তারে তিরস্করিবারে করিলা নির্ধারণে ॥ ১১৫ ॥
ye ‘vigraha’ nāhi māne, ‘nirākāra’ māne
tāre tiraskaribāre karilā nirdhāraṇe

Synonyms

yeone who; vigrahathat Personality of Godhead; nāhi mānedoes not accept; nirākāra māneconsiders impersonal; tārehim; tiraskaribārejust to chastise; karilāhas done; nirdhāraṇeascertainment.

Translation

“Impersonalists do not accept the personal feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Personality of Godhead is stressed in this verse in order to impress upon them the necessity of accepting Him. Therefore the word ‘aham’ is mentioned three times. To stress something important, one repeats it three times.
এই সব শব্দে হয় — ‘জ্ঞান’-‘বিজ্ঞান’-বিবেক ।
মায়া-কার্য, মায়া হৈতে আমি — ব্যতিরেক ॥ ১১৬ ॥
ei saba śabde haya — ‘jñāna’-‘vijñāna’-viveka
māyā-kārya, māyā haite āmi — vyatireka

Synonyms

ei sabaall these; śabdein the words; hayathere is; jñānaof real spiritual knowledge; vijñānaof the practical application of the knowledge; vivekaconsideration; māyā-kāryathe activities of the external energy; māyā haitefrom the activities of the material energy; āmiI; vyatirekadistinct.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa continued:] ‘Actual spiritual knowledge and its practical application are considered in all these sound vibrations. Although the external energy comes from Me, I am different from it.
যৈছে সূর্যের স্থানে ভাসয়ে ‘আভাস’ ।
সূর্য বিনা স্বতন্ত্র তার না হয় প্রকাশ ॥ ১১৭ ॥
yaiche sūryera sthāne bhāsaye ‘ābhāsa’
sūrya vinā svatantra tāra nā haya prakāśa

Synonyms

yaichejust as; sūryeraof the sun; sthānein place; bhāsayeappears; ābhāsathe illumination; sūrya vināwithout the sun; svatantraindependently; tāraof that; hayais not; prakāśamanifestation.

Translation

“ ‘Sometimes a reflection of the sun is experienced in place of the sun, but its illumination is never possible independent of the sun.
মায়াতীত হৈলে হয় আমার ‘অনুভব’ ।
এই ‘সম্বন্ধ’-তত্ত্ব কহিলুঁ, শুন আর সব ॥ ১১৮ ॥
māyātīta haile haya āmāra ‘anubhava’
ei ‘sambandha’-tattva kahiluṅ, śuna āra saba

Synonyms

māyā-atīta hailewhen one becomes transcendentally situated above this external energy; hayathere is; āmāra anubhavaperception of Me; ei sambandha-tattva kahiluṅthis has been explained as the principle of a relationship with Me; śunaplease hear; āra sabaall the rest.

Translation

“ ‘When one is transcendentally situated, he can perceive Me. This perception is the basis of one’s relationship with the Supreme Lord. Now let Me further explain this subject matter.

Purport

Real spiritual knowledge has to be received from revealed scriptures. After this knowledge is attained, one can begin to perceive his actual spiritual life. Any knowledge achieved by speculation is imperfect. One must receive knowledge from the paramparā system and from the guru; otherwise one will be bewildered and will ultimately become an impersonalist. One who very scrutinizingly deliberates on genuine spiritual knowledge can realize the personal feature of the Absolute Truth. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is always transcendental to this material creation. Nārāyaṇaḥ paro ’vyaktāt: “Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is always transcendental.” He is not a creation of this material world. Without realizing spiritual knowledge, one cannot understand that the transcendental form of the Lord is always beyond the creative energy. The example of the sun and the sunshine is given. The sunshine is not the sun, but still the sunshine is not separate from the sun. The philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva (simultaneously one and different) cannot be understood by one who is fully under the influence of the external energy. Consequently a person under the influence of the material energy cannot understand the nature and form of the Personality of the Absolute Truth.
ঋতেঽর্থং যৎ প্রতীয়েত ন প্রতীয়েত চাত্মনি ।
তদ্বিদ্যাদাত্মনো মায়াং যথাভাসো যথা তমঃ ॥ ১১৯ ॥
ṛte ’rthaṁ yat pratīyeta
na pratīyeta cātmani
tad vidyād ātmano māyāṁ
yathābhāso yathā tamaḥ

Synonyms

ṛtewithout; arthamvalue; yatthat which; pratīyetaappears to be; nanot; pratīyetaappears to be; cacertainly; ātmaniin relation to Me; tatthat; vidyātyou must know; ātmanaḥMy; māyāmillusory energy; yathājust as; ābhāsaḥthe reflection; yathājust as; tamaḥthe darkness.

Translation

“ ‘What appears to be truth without Me is certainly My illusory energy, for nothing can exist without Me. It is like a reflection of a real light in the shadows, for in the light there are neither shadows nor reflections.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.34). It is the second verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation of this verse, see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 54.
‘অভিধেয়’ সাধনভক্তির শুনহ বিচার ।
সর্ব-জন-দেশ-কাল-দশাতে ব্যাপ্তি যার ॥ ১২০ ॥
‘abhidheya’ sādhana-bhaktira śunaha vicāra
sarva-jana-deśa-kāla-daśāte vyāpti yāra

Synonyms

abhidheyathe means to obtain an end; sādhana-bhaktiraof the process of executing devotional service; śunaha vicāraplease hear the procedure; sarvaall; janapeople; deśacountries; kālatimes; daśāteand in circumstances; vyāpti yārawhich is all-pervasive.

Translation

“ ‘Now please hear from Me about the process of devotional service, which is applicable in any country, for any person, at all times and in all circumstances.

Purport

The cult of bhāgavata-dharma can be spread in all circumstances, among all people and in all countries. Many envious people accuse the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement of spoiling the rigidity of so-called Hinduism. That is not actually the fact. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirms that devotional service to the Lord — the cult of bhāgavata-dharma, which is now being spread as the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement — can be spread in every country, to every person, in any condition of life, and in all circumstances. Bhāgavata-dharma does not restrict pure devotees to the Hindu community. A pure devotee is above a brāhmaṇa; therefore it is not incompatible to offer the sacred thread to devotees in Europe, America, Australia, Japan, Canada, and so on. Sometimes these pure devotees, who have been accepted by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, are not allowed to enter certain temples in India. Also, some high-caste brāhmaṇas and gosvāmīs refuse to take prasādam in the temples of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness. Actually this is against the instruction of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Devotees can come from any country, and they can belong to any creed or race. On the strength of this verse, those who are actually devotees and followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu must accept devotees from all parts of the world as pure Vaiṣṇavas. They should be accepted not artificially but factually. One should see how they are advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and how they are conducting Deity worship, saṅkīrtana and Ratha-yātrā. Considering all these points, the envious persons must henceforward refrain from their malicious atrocities.
‘ধর্মাদি’ বিষয়ে যৈছে এ ‘চারি’ বিচার ।
সাধন-ভক্তি — এই চারি বিচারের পার ॥ ১২১ ॥
‘dharmādi’ viṣaye yaiche e ‘cāri’ vicāra
sādhana-bhakti — ei cāri vicārera pāra

Synonyms

dharma-ādiof religious activities and so on; viṣayein the subject matter; yaichejust as; e cāri vicārathere is a consideration of four principles, namely the person, country, time and atmosphere; sādhana-bhaktiof devotional service; eithese; cārifour; vicārerato the considerations; pāratranscendental.

Translation

“ ‘As far as religious principles are concerned, there is a consideration of the person, the country, the time and the circumstance. In devotional service, however, there are no such considerations. Devotional service is transcendental to all such considerations.

Purport

When we are on the material platform, there are different types of religions — Hinduism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism and so on. These are instituted for a particular time, a particular country or a particular person. Consequently there are differences. Christian principles are different from Hindu principles, and Hindu principles are different from Muslim and Buddhist principles. These may be considered on the material platform, but when we come to the platform of transcendental devotional service, there are no such considerations. The transcendental service of the Lord (sādhana-bhakti) is above these principles. The world is anxious for religious unity, and that common platform can be achieved in transcendental devotional service. This is the verdict of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. When one becomes a Vaiṣṇava, he becomes transcendental to all these limited considerations. This is confirmed by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (14.26):
māṁ ca yo ’vyabhicāreṇabhakti-yogena sevate
sa guṇān samatītyaitān
brahma-bhūyāya kalpate
“One who engages in full devotional service, unfailing in all circumstances, at once transcends the modes of material nature and thus comes to the level of Brahman.”
The devotional activities of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement are completely transcendental to material considerations. As far as different faiths are concerned, religions may be of different types, but on the spiritual platform, everyone has an equal right to execute devotional service. That is the platform of oneness and the basis for a classless society. In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura confirms that one has to learn from a bona fide spiritual master about religious principles, economic development, sense gratification and ultimately liberation. These are the four divisions of regulated life, but they are on the material platform. On the spiritual platform, the four principles are jñāna, vijñāna, tad-aṅga and tad-rahasya. Rules, regulations and restrictions are on the material platform, but on the spiritual platform one has to be equipped with transcendental knowledge, which is above the principles of religious rituals. Mundane religious activity is known as smārta-viddhi, but transcendental devotional service is called gosvāmi-viddhi. Unfortunately many so-called gosvāmīs are on the platform of smārta-viddhi, yet they try to pass as gosvāmi-viddhi, and thus the people are cheated. Gosvāmī-viddhi is strictly explained in Sanātana Gosvāmī’s Hari-bhakti-vilāsa, wherein it is stated:
yathā kāñcanatāṁ yātikāṁsyaṁ rasa-vidhānataḥ
tathā dīkṣā-vidhānena
dvijatvaṁ jāyate nṛṇām
“By chemical manipulation, bell metal is turned into gold when touched by mercury; similarly, when a person is properly initiated, he can acquire the qualities of a brāhmaṇa.”
The conclusion is that devotional service is open for everyone, regardless of caste, creed, time and country. This Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is functioning according to this principle.
সর্ব-দেশ-কাল-দশায় জনের কর্তব্য ।
গুরু-পাশে সেই ভক্তি প্রষ্টব্য, শ্রোতব্য ॥ ১২২ ॥
sarva-deśa-kāla-daśāya janera kartavya
guru-pāśe sei bhakti praṣṭavya, śrotavya

Synonyms

sarvaall; deśacountries; kālatimes; daśāyaand in circumstances; janeraof every man; kartavyathe duty; guru-pāśein the care of a spiritual master; seithat; bhaktidevotional service; praṣṭavyato be inquired; śrotavyaand to be heard.

Translation

“ ‘It is therefore the duty of every man — in every country, in every circumstance and at all times — to approach a bona fide spiritual master, question him about devotional service and listen to him explain the process.
এতাবদেব জিজ্ঞাস্যং তত্ত্বজিজ্ঞাসুনাত্মনঃ ।
অন্বয়-ব্যতিরেকাভ্যাং যৎ স্যাৎ সর্বত্র সর্বদা ॥ ১২৩ ॥
etāvad eva jijñāsyaṁ
tattva-jijñāsunātmanaḥ
anvaya-vyatirekābhyāṁ
yat syāt sarvatra sarvadā

Synonyms

etāvatup to this; evacertainly; jijñāsyamto be inquired about; tattvaof the Absolute Truth; jijñāsunāby the student; ātmanaḥof the self; anvayadirectly; vyatirekābhyāmand indirectly; yatwhatever; syātit may be; sarvatraeverywhere; sarvadāalways.

Translation

“ ‘A person interested in transcendental knowledge must therefore always directly and indirectly inquire about it to know about the all-pervading truth.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.36). It is the fourth verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 56.
আমাতে যে ‘প্রীতি’, সেই ‘প্রেম’ — ‘প্রয়োজন’ ।
কার্যদ্বারে কহি তার ‘স্বরূপ’-লক্ষণ ॥ ১২৪ ॥
āmāte ye ‘prīti’, sei ‘prema’ — ‘prayojana’
kārya-dvāre kahi tāra ‘svarūpa’-lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

āmāteunto Me; yewhatever; prītiaffection; seithat; premalove of Godhead; prayojanathe ultimate goal of life; kārya-dvāreby practical example; kahilet Me inform; tāraits; svarūpa-lakṣaṇanatural characteristics.

Translation

“ ‘Supreme affection for Me is called love of Godhead, and that is the ultimate goal of life. Let Me explain by a practical example the natural characteristics of such love.
পঞ্চভূত যৈছে ভূতের ভিতরে-বাহিরে ।
ভক্তগণে স্ফুরি আমি বাহিরে-অন্তরে ॥ ১২৫ ॥
pañca-bhūta yaiche bhūtera bhitare-bāhire
bhakta-gaṇe sphuri āmi bāhire-antare

Synonyms

pañca-bhūtathe five material elements; yaichejust as; bhūteraof the living entities; bhitareinside; bāhireand outside; bhakta-gaṇeunto the devotees; sphuribecoming manifest; āmiI; bāhire-antareexternally and internally.

Translation

“ ‘The five material elements are existing inside and outside of every living entity. Similarly, I, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, am manifest within the heart of the devotee as well as outside his body.

Purport

The pure devotee knows that he is a servant of Kṛṣṇa eternally. He knows that everything can be used in the service of the Lord.
যথা মহান্তি ভূতানি ভূতেষূচ্চাবচেষ্বনু ।
প্রবিষ্টান্যপ্রবিষ্টানি তথা তেষু ন তেষ্বহম্‌ ॥ ১২৬ ॥
yathā mahānti bhūtāni
bhūteṣūccāvaceṣv anu
praviṣṭāny apraviṣṭāni
tathā teṣu na teṣv aham

Synonyms

yathāas; mahāntithe universal; bhūtānielements; bhūteṣuin the living entities; ucca-avaceṣuboth gigantic and minute; anuafter; praviṣṭānisituated internally; apraviṣṭānisituated externally; tathāso; teṣuin them; nanot; teṣuin them; ahamI.

Translation

“ ‘As the material elements enter the bodies of all living beings and yet remain outside them all, I exist within all material creations and yet am not within them.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.9.35). It is also the third verse of the catuḥ-ślokī. For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 55.
ভক্ত আমা প্রেমে বান্ধিয়াছে হৃদয়-ভিতরে ।
যাহাঁ নেত্র পড়ে তাহাঁ দেখয়ে আমারে ॥ ১২৭ ॥
bhakta āmā preme bāndhiyāche hṛdaya-bhitare
yāhāṅ netra paḍe tāhāṅ dekhaye āmāre

Synonyms

bhaktaa devotee; āmāMe; premeby love; bāndiyāchehas bound; hṛdaya-bhitarewithin his heart; yāhāṅwherever; netrathe eyes; paḍefall; tāhāṅthere; dekhayehe sees; āmāreMe.

Translation

“ ‘A highly elevated devotee can bind Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in his heart by love. Wherever he looks, he sees Me and nothing else.
বিসৃজতি হৃদয়ং ন যস্য সাক্ষাং
দ্ধরিরবশাভিহিতোঽপ্যঘৌঘনাশঃ ।
প্রণয়রসনয়া ধৃতাঙ্ঘ্রিপদ্মঃ
স ভবতি ভাগবতপ্রধান উক্তঃ ॥ ১২৮ ॥
visṛjati hṛdayaṁ na yasya sākṣād
dharir avaśābhihito ’py aghaugha-nāśaḥ
praṇaya-rasanayā dhṛtāṅghri-padmaḥ
sa bhavati bhāgavata-pradhāna uktaḥ

Synonyms

visṛjatigives up; hṛdayamthe heart; nanot; yasyawhose; sākṣātdirectly; hariḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; avaśa-abhihitaḥwho is automatically or inattentively glorified; apialthough; agha-ogha-nāśaḥwho annihilates all kinds of inauspicious offenses for a devotee; praṇaya-rasanayāwith the rope of love; dhṛta-aṅghri-padmaḥwhose lotus feet are bound; saḥsuch a devotee; bhavatiis; bhāgavata-pradhānaḥthe most elevated devotee; uktaḥis said.

Translation

“ ‘Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who destroys everything inauspicious for His devotees, does not leave the hearts of His devotees even if they remember Him and chant about Him inattentively. This is because the rope of love always binds the Lord within the devotees’ hearts. Such devotees should be accepted as most elevated.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.55).
সর্বভূতেষু যঃ পশ্যেদ্ভগবদ্ভাবমাত্মনঃ ।
ভূতানি ভগবত্যাত্মন্যেষ ভাগবতোত্তমঃ ॥ ১২৯ ॥
sarva-bhūteṣu yaḥ paśyed
bhagavad-bhāvam ātmanaḥ
bhūtāni bhagavaty ātmany
eṣa bhāgavatottamaḥ

Synonyms

sarva-bhūteṣuin all objects (in matter, spirit, or combinations of matter and spirit); yaḥanyone who; paśyetsees; bhagavat-bhāvamthe capacity to be engaged in the service of the Lord; ātmanaḥof the Supreme Spirit Soul, or the transcendence beyond the material conception of life; bhūtāniall beings; bhagavatiin the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ātmanithe basic principle of all existence; eṣaḥthis; bhāgavata-uttamaḥa person advanced in devotional service.

Translation

“ ‘A person advanced in devotional service sees within everything the soul of souls, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Consequently he always sees the form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as the cause of all causes and understands that all things are situated in Him.

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.45).
গায়ন্ত উচ্চৈরমুমেব সংহতাঃ
বিচিক্যুরুন্মত্তকবদ্বনাদ্বনম্‌ ।
পপ্রচ্ছুরাকাশবদন্তরং বহি-
র্ভূতেষু সন্তং পুরুষং বনস্পতীন্‌ ॥ ১৩০ ॥
gāyanta uccair amum eva saṁhatāḥ
vicikyur unmattaka-vad vanād vanam
papracchur ākāśa-vad antaraṁ bahir
bhūteṣu santaṁ puruṣaṁ vanaspatīn

Synonyms

gāyantaḥcontinuously singing; uccaiḥvery loudly; amumthat one (Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa); evacertainly; saṁhatāḥbeing assembled together; vicikyuḥsearched; unmattaka-vatlike those who have become mad; vanātfrom one forest; vanamto another forest; papracchuḥasked about; ākāśa-vatlike the sky; antaramwithin; bahiḥoutside; bhūteṣuin all living entities; santamexisting; puruṣamthe Supreme Person; vanaspatīnall the trees and plants.

Translation

“ ‘All the gopīs assembled to chant the transcendental qualities of Kṛṣṇa very loudly, and they began to wander from one forest to another like madwomen. They began to inquire about the Lord, who is situated in all living entities, internally and externally. Indeed, they even asked all the plants and vegetables about Him, the Supreme Person.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.30.4). The gopīs almost went mad due to Kṛṣṇa’s suddenly leaving the rāsa dance. Because the gopīs were fully absorbed in thoughts of Kṛṣṇa, they were imitating His different postures and pastimes. They became very much saddened because of His absence, and this incident is explained by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit.
অতএব ভাগবতে এই ‘তিন’ কয় ।
সম্বন্ধ-অভিধেয়-প্রয়োজন-ময় ॥ ১৩১ ॥
ataeva bhāgavate ei ‘tina’ kaya
sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-maya

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; bhāgavatein Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; ei tinathese three principles; kayaare explained; sambandha-abhidheya-prayojana-mayafirst one’s relationship, then activities in devotional service, and then achieving the highest goal of life, love of Godhead.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “Thus one’s relationship with the Lord, activities in devotional service, and the attainment of the highest goal of life, love of Godhead, are the subject matters of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
বদন্তি তত্তত্ত্ববিদস্তত্ত্বং যজ্‌জ্ঞানমদ্বয়ম্ ।
ব্রহ্মেতি পরমাত্মেতি ভগবানিতি শব্দ্যতে ॥ ১৩২ ॥
vadanti tat tattva-vidas
tattvaṁ yaj jñānam advayam
brahmeti paramātmeti
bhagavān iti śabdyate

Synonyms

vadantithey say; tatthat; tattva-vidaḥthose who know the Absolute Truth; tattvamthe ultimate goal; yatwhich; jñānam advayamidentical knowledge; brahma itias the impersonal Brahman; paramātmā itias the Supersoul; bhagavān itias the Supreme Personality of Godhead; śabdyateit is described.

Translation

“ ‘The Absolute Truth is known by the self-realized souls as a unified identity known by different names — impersonal Brahman, localized Paramātmā, and Bhagavān, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.11). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter two, text 11.
ভগবানেক আসেদমগ্র আত্মাত্মনাং বিভুঃ ।
আত্মেচ্ছানুগতাবাত্মা অনানামত্যুপলক্ষণঃ ॥ ১৩৩ ॥
bhagavān eka āsedam
agra ātmātmanāṁ vibhuḥ
ātmecchānugatāv ātmā
anānā-maty-upalakṣaṇaḥ

Synonyms

bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ekaḥonly; āsawas; idamthis universe; agrebefore (before the creation of this cosmic manifestation); ātmāthe living force; ātmanāmof all the living entities; vibhuḥthe Supreme Lord; ātmaof the Supreme; icchāthe will; anugatauaccording to; ātmāthe Supersoul; anānā-mati-upalakṣaṇaḥwho is not realized by persons having many angles of vision.

Translation

“ ‘Before the cosmic manifestation was created, the creative propensity was merged in the Supreme Lord’s person. At that time all potencies and manifestations were preserved in His personality. The Lord is the cause of all causes, and He is the all- pervading, self-sufficient person. Before the creation, He existed with His spiritual potency in the spiritual world, wherein various Vaikuṇṭha planets are manifested.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.5.23).
এতে চাংশকলাঃ পুংসঃ কৃষ্ণস্তু ভগবান্‌ স্বয়ম্‌ ।
ইন্দ্রারি-ব্যাকুলং লোকং মৃড়য়ন্তি যুগে যুগে ॥ ১৩৪ ॥
ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ
kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam
indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ
mṛḍayanti yuge yuge

Synonyms

etethese; caand; aṁśaplenary portions; kalāḥparts of plenary portions; puṁsaḥof the puruṣa-avatāras; kṛṣṇaḥLord Kṛṣṇa; tubut; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; indra-arithe enemies of Lord Indra; vyākulamfull of; lokamthe world; mṛḍayantimake happy; yuge yugeat the right time in each age.

Translation

“ ‘All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of the plenary portions of the puruṣa-avatāras. But Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His different features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of Indra.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.28). For an explanation, see Ādi-līlā, chapter two, text 67.
এইত’ ‘সম্বন্ধ’, শুন ‘অভিধেয়’ ভক্তি ।
ভাগবতে প্রতি-শ্লোকে ব্যাপে যার স্থিতি ॥ ১৩৫ ॥
eita’ ‘sambandha’, śuna ‘abhidheya’ bhakti
bhāgavate prati-śloke vyāpe yāra sthiti

Synonyms

eita’this; sambandharelationship; śunaplease hear; abhidheyathe function; bhaktiknown as devotional service; bhāgavatein Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; prati-ślokein each and every verse; vyāpepervades; yāraof which; sthitithe situation.

Translation

“This is one’s eternal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Now please hear about the execution of devotional service. This principle pervades each and every verse of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
ভক্ত্যাহমেকয়া গ্রাহ্যঃ শ্রদ্ধয়াত্মা প্রিয়ঃ সতাম্ ।
ভক্তিঃ পুনাতি মন্নিষ্ঠা শ্বপাকানপি সম্ভবাৎ ॥ ১৩৬ ॥
bhaktyāham ekayā grāhyaḥ
śraddhayātmā priyaḥ satām
bhaktiḥ punāti man-niṣṭhā
śva-pākān api sambhavāt

Synonyms

bhaktyāby devotional service; ahamI, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ekayāunflinching; grāhyaḥobtainable; śraddhayāby faith; ātmāthe most dear; priyaḥto be served; satāmby the devotees; bhaktiḥthe devotional service; punātipurifies; mat-niṣṭhāfixed only on Me; śva-pākānthe lowest grade of human beings, who are accustomed to eating dogs; apicertainly; sambhavātfrom all faults due to birth and so on.

Translation

“[Lord Kṛṣṇa said:] ‘Being very dear to the devotees and sādhus, I am attained through unflinching faith and devotional service. This bhakti-yoga system, which gradually increases attachment for Me, purifies even a human being born among dog-eaters. That is to say, everyone can be elevated to the spiritual platform by the process of bhakti-yoga.’

Purport

ন সাধয়তি মাং যোগো ন সাংখ্যং ধর্ম উদ্ধব ।
ন স্বাধ্যায়স্তপস্ত্যাগো যথা ভক্তির্মমোর্জিতা ॥ ১৩৭ ॥
na sādhayati māṁ yogo
na sāṅkhyaṁ dharma uddhava
na svādhyāyas tapas tyāgo
yathā bhaktir mamorjitā

Synonyms

nanever; sādhayaticauses to remain satisfied; māmMe; yogaḥthe process of control; nanor; sāṅkhyamthe process of gaining philosophical knowledge about the Absolute Truth; dharmaḥsuch an occupation; uddhavaMy dear Uddhava; nanor; svādhyāyaḥstudy of the Vedas; tapaḥausterities; tyāgaḥrenunciation, acceptance of sannyāsa, or charity; yathāas much as; bhaktiḥdevotional service; mamaunto Me; ūrjitādeveloped.

Translation

“[The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, said:] ‘My dear Uddhava, neither through aṣṭāṅga-yoga [the mystic yoga system to control the senses], nor through impersonal monism or an analytical study of the Absolute Truth, nor through study of the Vedas, nor through austerities, charity or acceptance of sannyāsa can one satisfy Me as much as by developing unalloyed devotional service unto Me.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.14.20). For an explanation see Ādi-līlā, chapter seventeen, text 76.
ভয়ং দ্বিতীয়াভিনিবেশতঃ স্যা-
দীশাদপেতস্য বিপর্যয়োঽস্মৃতিঃ ।
তন্মায়য়াতো বুধ আভজেত্তং
ভক্ত্যৈকয়েশং গুরুদেবতাত্মা ॥ ১৩৮ ॥
bhayaṁ dvitīyābhiniveśataḥ syād
īśād apetasya viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ
tan-māyayāto budha ābhajet taṁ
bhaktyaikayeśaṁ guru-devatātmā

Synonyms

bhayamfear; dvitīya-abhiniveśataḥfrom the misconception of being a product of material energy; syātarises; īśātfrom the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; apetasyaof one who has withdrawn (the conditioned soul); viparyayaḥreversal of position; asmṛtiḥno conception of his relationship with the Supreme Lord; tat-māyayābecause of the illusory energy of the Supreme Lord; ataḥtherefore; budhaḥone who is wise; ābhajetmust worship; tamHim; bhaktyāby devotional service; ekayāundiverted to karma and jñāna; īśamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; guruas the spiritual master; devatāworshipable Lord; ātmāSupersoul.

Translation

“ ‘When the living entity is attracted by the material energy, which is separate from Kṛṣṇa, he is overpowered by fear. Because he is separated from the Supreme Personality of Godhead by the material energy, his conception of life is reversed. In other words, instead of being the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, he becomes Kṛṣṇa’s competitor. This is called viparyayo ’smṛtiḥ. To nullify this mistake, one who is actually learned and advanced worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his spiritual master, worshipful Deity and source of life. He thus worships the Lord by the process of unalloyed devotional service.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.37).
এবে শুন, প্রেম, যেই — মূল ‘প্রয়োজন’ ।
পুলকাশ্রু-নৃত্য-গীত — যাহার লক্ষণ ॥ ১৩৯ ॥
ebe śuna, prema, yei — mūla ‘prayojana’
pulakāśru-nṛtya-gīta — yāhāra lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

ebe śunanow hear; premalove of Godhead; yeiwhich; mūla prayojanathe chief objective; pulaka-aśru-nṛtya-gītatrembling of the body, tears in the eyes, dancing and chanting; yāhāra lakṣaṇathe symptoms of which.

Translation

“Now hear from Me what actual love of Godhead is. It is the prime object of life and is symptomized by bodily trembling, tears in the eyes, chanting and dancing.
স্মরন্তঃ স্মারয়ন্ত্যশ্চ মিথোঽঘৌঘহরং হরিম্ ।
ভক্ত্যা সংজাতয়া ভক্ত্যা বিভ্রত্যুৎপুলকাং তনুম্ ॥ ১৪০ ॥
smarantaḥ smārayantaś ca
mitho ’ghaugha-haraṁ harim
bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā
bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum

Synonyms

smarantaḥremembering; smārayantaḥ caand reminding; mithaḥone another; agha-ogha-haramwho takes away everything inauspicious from the devotee; harimthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktyāby devotion; sañjātayāawakened; bhaktyāby devotion; bibhratipossess; utpulakāmagitated by ecstasy; tanumbody.

Translation

“ ‘Pure devotees manifest spiritual bodily symptoms of ecstatic love simply by remembering and reminding others of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, who takes away everything inauspicious from the devotee. This position is attained by rendering devotional service according to the regulative principles and then rising to the platform of spontaneous love.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.3.31).
এবংব্রতঃ স্বপ্রিয়নামকীর্ত্যা
জাতানুরাগো দ্রুতচিত্ত উচ্চৈঃ ।
হসত্যথো রোদিতি রৌতি গায়-
ত্যুন্মাদবন্নৃত্যতি লোকবাহ্যঃ ॥ ১৪১ ॥
evaṁ-vrataḥ sva-priya-nāma-kīrtyā
jātānurāgo druta-citta uccaiḥ
hasaty atho roditi rauti gāyaty
unmāda-van nṛtyati loka-bāhyaḥ

Synonyms

evam-vrataḥwhen one thus engages in a vow to chant and dance; svaown; priyavery dear; nāmaholy name; kīrtyāby chanting; jātain this way develops; anurāgaḥattachment; druta-cittaḥvery eagerly; uccaiḥloudly; hasatilaughs; athoalso; roditicries; rautibecomes agitated; gāyatichants; unmāda-vatlike a madman; nṛtyatidances; loka-bāhyaḥwithout caring for outsiders.

Translation

“ ‘When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the holy name of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly chants the holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants like a madman, not caring for outsiders.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.40).
অতএব ভাগবত — সূত্রের ‘অর্থ’-রূপ ।
নিজ-কৃত সূত্রের নিজ-‘ভাষ্য’-স্বরূপ ॥ ১৪২ ॥
ataeva bhāgavata — sūtrera ‘artha’-rūpa
nija-kṛta sūtrera nija-‘bhāṣya’-svarūpa

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; sūtreraof the Brahma-sūtra; arthaof the meaning; rūpathe form; nija-kṛtamade by himself; sūtreraof the Vedānta-sūtra; nija-bhāṣyaof his own commentary; svarūpathe original form.

Translation

“Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives the actual meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra. The author of the Vedānta-sūtra is Vyāsadeva, and he himself has explained those aphorisms in the form of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
অর্থোঽয়ং ব্রহ্মসূত্রাণাং ভারতার্থবিনির্ণয়ঃ ।
গায়ত্রীভাষ্যরূপোঽসৌ বেদার্থপরিবৃংহিতঃ ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
পুরাণানাং সামরূপঃ সাক্ষাদ্‌ভগবতোদিতঃ ।
দ্বাদশস্কন্ধযুক্তোঽয়ং শতবিচ্ছেদ-সংযুতঃ ।
গ্রন্থোঽষ্টাদশসাহস্রঃ শ্রীমদ্ভাগবতাভিধঃ ॥ ১৪৪ ॥
artho ’yaṁ brahma-sūtrāṇāṁ
bhāratārtha-vinirṇayaḥ
gāyatrī-bhāṣya-rūpo ’sau
vedārtha-paribṛṁhitaḥ
purāṇānāṁ sāma-rūpaḥ
sākṣād-bhagavatoditaḥ
dvādaśa-skandha-yukto ’yaṁ
śata-viccheda-saṁyutaḥ
grantho ’ṣṭādaśa-sāhasraḥ
śrīmad-bhāgavatābhidhaḥ

Synonyms

arthaḥ ayamthis is the meaning; brahma-sūtrāṇāmof the aphorisms of the Vedānta-sūtra; bhārata-artha-vinirṇayaḥthe ascertainment of the Mahābhārata; gāyatrī-bhāṣya-rūpaḥthe purport of Brahma-gāyatrī, the mother of the Vedic literatures; asauthat; veda-artha-paribṛṁhitaḥexpanded by the meanings of all the Vedas; purāṇānāmof the Purāṇas; sāma-rūpaḥthe best (like the Sāma among the Vedas); sākṣātdirectly; bhagavatā uditaḥspoken by Vyāsadeva, an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dvādaśa-skanda-yuktaḥhaving twelve cantos; ayamthis; śata-viccheda-saṁyutaḥhaving 335 chapters; granthaḥthis great literature; aṣṭādaśa-sāhasraḥhaving 18,000 verses; śrīmad-bhāgavata-abhidhaḥnamed Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam..

Translation

“ ‘The meaning of the Vedānta-sūtra is present in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The full purport of the Mahābhārata is also there. The commentary of the Brahma-gāyatrī is also there and fully expanded with all Vedic knowledge. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the supreme Purāṇa, and it was compiled by the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His incarnation as Vyāsadeva. There are twelve cantos, 335 chapters and eighteen thousand verses.’

Purport

This is a quotation from the Garuḍa Purāṇa.
সর্ব-বেদেতিহাসানাং সারং সারং সমুদ্‌ধৃতম্ ॥ ১৪৫ ॥
sarva-vedetihāsānāṁ
sāraṁ sāraṁ samuddhṛtam

Synonyms

sarva-vedaof all Vedic literature; itihāsānāmof historical literature; sāram sāramthe essence of the essence; samuddhṛtamis collected (in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam).

Translation

“ ‘The essence of all Vedic literature and all histories has been collected in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.’

Purport

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was collected by the incarnation of God, Vyāsadeva, and it was later taught to his son, Śukadeva Gosvāmī. This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.41).
সর্ববেদান্তসারং হি শ্রীমদ্ভাগবতমিষ্যতে ।
তদ্‌রসামৃততৃপ্তস্য নান্যত্র স্যাদ্‌রতিঃ ক্বচিৎ ॥ ১৪৬ ॥
sarva-vedānta-sāraṁ hi
śrīmad-bhāgavatam iṣyate
tad-rasāmṛta-tṛptasya
nānyatra syād ratiḥ kvacit

Synonyms

sarva-vedānta-sāramthe best part of all the Vedānta; hicertainly; śrīmad-bhāgavatamthe great literature about Bhagavān; iṣyateis accepted; tat-rasa-amṛtaby the transcendental mellow derived from that great literature; tṛptasyaof one who is satisfied; nanever; anyatraanywhere else; syātis; ratiḥattraction; kvacitat any time.

Translation

“ ‘Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is accepted as the essence of all Vedic literature and Vedānta philosophy. Whoever tastes the transcendental mellow of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is never attracted to any other literature.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.13.15).
গায়ত্রীর অর্থে এই গ্রন্থ-আরম্ভন ।
“সত্যং পরং” — সম্বন্ধ, “ধীমহি” — সাধন-প্রয়োজন ॥ ১৪৭ ॥
gāyatrīra arthe ei grantha-ārambhana
“satyaṁ paraṁ” — sambandha, “dhīmahi” — sādhana-prayojana

Synonyms

gāyatrīra arthewith the meaning of Brahma-gāyatrī; eithis; granthaof the great literature; ārambhanathe beginning; satyam paramthe supreme Absolute Truth; sambandhashows a relationship; dhīmahiwe meditate (the end of the Gāyatrī mantra); sādhana-prayojanathe execution of service and the achievement of the ultimate goal.

Translation

“In the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam there is an explanation of the Brahma-gāyatrī mantra. ‘The Absolute Truth [satyaṁ param]’ indicates the relationship, and ‘we meditate [dhīmahi] on Him’ indicates the execution of devotional service and the ultimate goal of life.
জন্মাদ্যস্য যতোঽন্বয়াদিতরতশ্চার্থেষ্বভিজ্ঞঃ স্বরাট্
তেনে ব্রহ্ম হৃদা য আদিকবয়ে মুহ্যন্তি যৎ সূরয়ঃ ।
তেজোবারিমৃদাং যথা বিনিময়ো যত্র ত্রিসর্গোঽমৃষা
ধাম্না স্বেন সদা নিরস্তকুহকং সত্যং পরং ধীমহি ॥ ১৪৮ ॥
janmādy asya yato ’nvayād itarataś cārtheṣv abhijñaḥ svarāṭ
tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ
tejo-vāri-mṛdāṁ yathā vinimayo yatra tri-sargo ’mṛṣā
dhāmnā svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi

Synonyms

janma-ādicreation, maintenance and dissolution; asyaof this (the universe); yataḥfrom whom; anvayātdirectly from the spiritual connection; itarataḥindirectly from the lack of material contact; caalso; artheṣuin all affairs; abhijñaḥperfectly cognizant; sva-rāṭindependent; teneimparted; brahmathe Absolute Truth; hṛdāthrough the heart; yaḥwho; ādi-kavayeunto Lord Brahmā; muhyantiare bewildered; yatin whom; sūrayaḥgreat personalities like Lord Brahmā and other demigods or great brāhmaṇas; tejaḥ-vāri-mṛdāmof fire, water and earth; yathāas; vinimayaḥthe exchange; yatrain whom; tri-sargaḥthe material creation of three modes; amṛṣāfactual; dhāmnāwith the abode; svenaHis own personal; sadāalways; nirasta-kuhakamdevoid of all illusion; satyamthe truth; paramabsolute; dhīmahilet us meditate upon.

Translation

“ ‘O my Lord, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, son of Vasudeva, O all-pervading Personality of Godhead, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You. I meditate upon Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa because He is the Absolute Truth and the primeval cause of all causes of the creation, sustenance and destruction of the manifested universes. He is directly and indirectly conscious of all manifestations, and He is independent because there is no other cause beyond Him. It is He only who first imparted the Vedic knowledge unto the heart of Brahmājī, the original living being. By Him even the great sages and demigods are placed into illusion, as one is bewildered by the illusory representations of water seen in fire, or land seen on water. Only because of Him do the material universes, temporarily manifested by the reactions of the three modes of nature, appear factual, although they are unreal. I therefore meditate upon Him, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is eternally existent in the transcendental abode, which is forever free from the illusory representations of the material world. I meditate upon Him, for He is the Absolute Truth.

Purport

This is the opening invocation of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.1).
ধর্মঃ প্রোজ্ঝিতকৈতবোঽত্র পরমো নির্মৎসরাণাং সতাং
বেদ্যং বাস্তবমত্র বস্তু শিবদং তাপত্রয়োন্মূলনম্‌ ।
শ্রীমদ্ভাগবতে মহামুনিকৃতে কিংবাপরৈরীশ্বরঃ
সদ্যো হৃদ্যবরুধ্যতেঽত্র কৃতিভিঃ শুশ্রূষুভিস্তৎক্ষণাৎ ॥ ১৪৯ ॥
dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo ’tra paramo nirmatsarāṇāṁ satāṁ
vedyaṁ vāstavam atra vastu śiva-daṁ tāpa-trayonmūlanam
śrīmad-bhāgavate mahā-muni-kṛte kiṁ vā parair īśvaraḥ
sadyo hṛdy avarudhyate ’tra kṛtibhiḥ śuśrūṣubhis tat-kṣaṇāt

Synonyms

dharmaḥreligiosity; projjhitacompletely rejected; kaitavaḥin which there is fruitive intention; atraherein; paramaḥthe highest; nirmatsarāṇāmof the one hundred percent pure in heart; satāmdevotees; vedyamto be understood; vāstavamfactual; atraherein; vastusubstance; śiva-damgiving well-being; tāpa-trayaof the threefold miseries; unmūlanamcausing uprooting; śrīmatbeautiful; bhāgavatein the Bhāgavata Purāṇa; mahā-muniby the great sage (Vyāsadeva); kṛtecompiled; kimwhat; indeed; paraiḥwith others; īśvaraḥthe Supreme Lord; sadyaḥat once; hṛdiwithin the heart; avarudhyatebecomes confined; atraherein; kṛtibhiḥby pious men; śuśrūṣubhiḥdesiring to hear; tat-kṣaṇātwithout delay.

Translation

“ ‘Completely rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated, this Bhāgavata Purāṇa propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those devotees who are fully pure in heart. The highest truth is reality distinguished from illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold miseries. This beautiful Bhāgavatam, compiled by the great sage Vyāsadeva [in his maturity], is sufficient in itself for God realization. What is the need of any other scripture? As soon as one attentively and submissively hears the message of Bhāgavatam, by this culture of knowledge the Supreme Lord is established within his heart.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.2). See also Ādi-līlā, chapter one, text 91.
‘কৃষ্ণভক্তিরসস্বরূপ’ শ্রীভাগবত ।
তাতে বেদশাস্ত্র হৈতে পরম মহত্ত্ব ॥ ১৫০ ॥
‘kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-svarūpa’ śrī-bhāgavata
tāte veda-śāstra haite parama mahattva

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-bhaktiof devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; rasaof the transcendental mellow; svarūpathe very form; śrī-bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; tātetherefore; veda-śāstrathe Vedic literature; haitethan; parama mahattvahas greater utility and value.

Translation

“Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives direct information of the mellow derived from service to Kṛṣṇa. Therefore Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is above all other Vedic literatures.
নিগমকল্পতরোর্গলিতং ফলং
শুকমুখাদমৃতদ্রবসংযুতম্ ।
পিবত ভাগবতং রসমালয়ং
মুহুরহো রসিকা ভুবি ভাবুকাঃ ॥ ১৫১ ॥
nigama-kalpa-taror galitaṁ phalaṁ
śuka-mukhād amṛta-drava-saṁyutam
pibata bhāgavataṁ rasam ālayaṁ
muhur aho rasikā bhuvi bhāvukāḥ

Synonyms

nigama-kalpa-taroḥof the Vedic literature, which is like a desire tree; galitamcompletely ripened; phalamfruit (which has come down without being distorted); śuka-mukhātfrom the mouth of Śukadeva Gosvāmī; amṛtawhich is like nectar; drava-saṁyutammixed with juice; pibatajust drink; bhāgavatamŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; rasam ālayamthe reservoir of all mellows; muhuḥconstantly; ahoO; rasikāḥintelligent devotees who relish transcendental humors; bhuviin this world; bhāvukāḥthoughtful.

Translation

“ ‘The Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the essence of all Vedic literatures, and it is considered the ripened fruit of the wish-fulfilling tree of Vedic knowledge. It has been sweetened by emanating from the mouth of Śukadeva Gosvāmī. You who are thoughtful and who relish mellows should always try to taste this ripened fruit. O thoughtful devotees, as long as you are not absorbed in transcendental bliss, you should continue tasting this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and when you are fully absorbed in bliss, you should go on tasting its mellows forever.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.3).
বয়ন্তু ন বিতৃপ্যাম উত্তমঃশ্লোক বিক্রমে ।
যচ্ছৃণ্বতাং রসজ্ঞানাং স্বাদু স্বাদু পদে পদে ॥ ১৫২ ॥
vayaṁ tu na vitṛpyāma
uttamaḥśloka-vikrame
yac chṛṇvatāṁ rasa-jñānāṁ
svādu svādu pade pade

Synonyms

vayam tuwe of course; nanever; vitṛpyāmaḥare satisfied; uttamaḥ-śloka-vikramein the activities and pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yatwhich; śṛṇvatāmof those hearing; rasa-jñānāmwho know the taste of mellows; svādu svādumore palatable; pade padein every step.

Translation

“ ‘We never tire of hearing the transcendental pastimes of the Personality of Godhead, who is glorified by hymns and prayers. Those who enjoy association with Him relish hearing His pastimes at every moment.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.19).
অতএব ভাগবত করহ বিচার ।
ইহা হৈতে পাবে সূত্র-শ্রুতির অর্থ-সার ॥ ১৫৩ ॥
ataeva bhāgavata karaha vicāra
ihā haite pābe sūtra-śrutira artha-sāra

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; karaha vicāratry to understand scrutinizingly; ihā haitefrom this; pābeyou will get; sūtra-śrutiraof the Vedic philosophy, the Brahma-sūtra; artha-sārathe actual meaning.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu advised Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī, “Study Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam very scrutinizingly. Then you will understand the actual meaning of the Brahma-sūtra.”

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that without studying Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam one cannot understand the purport of the Brahma-sūtra (Vedānta-sūtra) or the Upaniṣads. If one tries to understand Vedānta philosophy and the Upaniṣads without studying Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, one will be bewildered and, construing a different meaning, will gradually become an atheist or an impersonalist.
নিরন্তর কর কৃষ্ণনাম-সংকীর্তন ।
হেলায় মুক্তি পাবে, পাবে প্রেমধন ॥ ১৫৪ ॥
nirantara kara kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana
helāya mukti pābe, pābe prema-dhana

Synonyms

nirantara karaconstantly perform; kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtanathe chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; helāyavery easily; mukti pābeyou will get liberation; pābe prema-dhanayou will achieve the highest goal, ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “Always discuss Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and constantly chant the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa. In this way you will be able to attain liberation very easily, and you will be elevated to the enjoyment of love of Godhead.
ব্রহ্মভূতঃ প্রসন্নাত্মা ন শোচতি ন কাঙ্ক্ষতি ।
সমঃ সর্বেষু ভূতেষু মদ্ভক্তিং লভতে পরাম্‌ ॥ ১৫৫ ॥
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā
na śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām

Synonyms

brahma-bhūtaḥfreed from material conceptions of life but attached to an impersonal situation; prasanna-ātmāfully joyful; na śocatihe does not lament; na kāṅkṣatihe does not hanker; samaḥequally disposed; sarveṣuall; bhūteṣuto the living entities; mat-bhaktimMy devotional service; labhateachieves; parāmtranscendental.

Translation

“ ‘One who is thus transcendentally situated at once realizes the Supreme Brahman and becomes fully joyful. He never laments or desires to have anything. He is equally disposed toward every living entity. In that state he attains pure devotional service unto Me.’

Purport

This is a verse from the Bhagavad-gītā (18.54).
“মুক্তা অপি লীলয়া বিগ্রহং কৃত্বা ভগবন্তং ভজন্তে ॥” ১৫৬ ॥
“muktā api līlayā vigrahaṁ kṛtvā bhagavantaṁ bhajante”

Synonyms

muktāḥliberated; apialthough; līlayāby pastimes; vigrahamthe form of the Lord; kṛtvāhaving installed; bhagavantamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajanteworship.

Translation

“ ‘Even a liberated soul merged in the impersonal Brahman effulgence is attracted to the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa. He thus installs a Deity and renders the Lord service.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śaṅkarācārya’s commentary on the Nṛsiṁha-tāpanī Upaniṣad.
পরিনিষ্ঠিতোঽপি নৈর্গুণ্যে উত্তমঃশ্লোকলীলয়া ।
গৃহীতচেতা রাজর্ষে আখ্যানং যদধীতবান্‌ ॥ ১৫৭ ॥
pariniṣṭhito ’pi nairguṇya
uttamaḥśloka-līlayā
gṛhīta-cetā rājarṣe
ākhyānaṁ yad adhītavān

Synonyms

pariniṣṭhitaḥsituated; apialthough; nairguṇyain the transcendental position, freed from the material modes of nature; uttamaḥ-śloka-līlayāby the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Uttamaḥśloka; gṛhīta-cetāḥthe mind became fully taken over; rājā-ṛṣeO great King; ākhyānamthe narration; yatwhich; adhītavānstudied.

Translation

“[Śukadeva Gosvāmī addressed Parīkṣit Mahārāja:] ‘My dear King, although I was fully situated in the transcendental position, I was nonetheless attracted to the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Therefore I studied Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from my father.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.1.9).
তস্যারবিন্দনয়নস্য পদারবিন্দ-
কিঞ্জল্কমিশ্রতুলসীমকরন্দবায়ুঃ ।
অন্তর্গতঃ স্ববিবরেণ চকার তেষাং
সংক্ষোভমক্ষরজুষামপি চিত্ততন্বোঃ ॥ ১৫৮ ॥
tasyāravinda-nayanasya padāravinda-
kiñjalka-miśra-tulasī-makaranda-vāyuḥ
antar-gataḥ sva-vivareṇa cakāra teṣāṁ
saṅkṣobham akṣara-juṣām api citta-tanvoḥ

Synonyms

tasyaof Him; aravinda-nayanasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose eyes are like the petals of a lotus flower; pada-aravindaof the lotus feet; kiñjalkawith saffron; miśramixed; tulasīof tulasī leaves; makarandawith the aroma; vāyuḥthe air; antaḥ-gataḥentered; sva-vivareṇathrough the nostrils; cakāracreated; teṣāmof them; saṅkṣobhamstrong agitation; akṣara-juṣāmof the impersonally self-realized (Kumāras); apialso; citta-tanvoḥof the mind and the body.

Translation

“ ‘When the breeze carrying the aroma of tulasī leaves and saffron from the lotus feet of the lotus-eyed Personality of Godhead entered through the nostrils into the hearts of those sages [the Kumāras], they experienced a change in both body and mind, even though they were attached to the impersonal Brahman understanding.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.15.43). For an explanation see Madhya-līlā, chapter seventeen, text 142.
আত্মারামাশ্চ মুনয়ো নির্গ্রন্থা অপ্যুরুক্রমে ।
কুর্বন্ত্যহৈতুকীং ভক্তিমিত্থম্ভূতগুণো হরিঃ ॥ ১৫৯ ॥
ātmārāmāś ca munayo
nirgranthā apy urukrame
kurvanty ahaitukīṁ bhaktim
ittham-bhūta-guṇo hariḥ

Synonyms

ātma-ārāmāḥpersons who take pleasure in being transcendentally situated in the service of the Lord; caalso; munayaḥgreat saintly persons who have completely rejected material aspirations, fruitive activities, and so forth; nirgranthāḥwithout interest in any material desire; apicertainly; urukrameunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, whose activities are wonderful; kurvantido; ahaitukīmcauseless, or without material desires; bhaktimdevotional service; ittham-bhūtaso wonderful as to attract the attention of the self-satisfied; guṇaḥwho has transcendental qualities; hariḥthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘Those who are self-satisfied and unattracted by external material desires are also attracted to the loving service of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, whose qualities are transcendental and whose activities are wonderful. Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is called Kṛṣṇa because He has such transcendentally attractive features.’ ”

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.7.10). For an explanation, see Madhya-līlā, chapter twenty-four.
হেনকালে সেই মহারাষ্ট্রীয় ব্রাহ্মণ ।
সভাতে কহিল সেই শ্লোক-বিবরণ ॥ ১৬০ ॥
hena-kāle sei mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa
sabhāte kahila sei śloka-vivaraṇa

Synonyms

hena-kāleat this time; seithat; mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇathe brāhmaṇa of Maharashtra province; sabhātein the meeting; kahiladeclared; seithat; śloka-vivaraṇathe description of the ātmārāma-śloka explained by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

At this time the brāhmaṇa from the province of Maharashtra mentioned Lord Caitanya’s explanation of the ātmārāma verse.
এই শ্লোকের অর্থ প্রভু ‘একষষ্টি’ প্রকার ।
করিয়াছেন, যাহা শুনি’ লোকে চমৎকার ॥ ১৬১ ॥
ei ślokera artha prabhu ‘ekaṣaṣṭi’ prakāra
kariyāchena, yāhā śuni’ loke camatkāra

Synonyms

ei ślokera arthathe meanings of this verse; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; eka-ṣaṣṭi prakārasixty-one varieties; kariyāchenahas done; yāhā śuni’hearing which; loke camatkāraeveryone is astonished.

Translation

The Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa stated that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had already explained that verse in sixty-one ways. Everyone was astonished to hear this.
তবে সব লোক শুনিতে আগ্রহ করিল ।
‘একষষ্টি’ অর্থ প্রভু বিবরি’ কহিল ॥ ১৬২ ॥
tabe saba loka śunite āgraha karila
‘ekaṣaṣṭi’ artha prabhu vivari’ kahila

Synonyms

tabethen; saba lokaall the people gathered there; śuniteto hear; āgraha karilaexpressed their eagerness; eka-ṣaṣṭi arthasixty-one different meanings of the verse; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vivari’elaborately; kahilaexplained.

Translation

When all the people gathered there expressed the desire to hear again the sixty-one different meanings of the ātmārāma-śloka, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu again explained them.
শুনিয়া লোকের বড় চমৎকার হৈল ।
চৈতন্যগোসাঞি — ‘শ্রীকৃষ্ণ’, নির্ধারিল ॥ ১৬৩ ॥
śuniyā lokera baḍa camatkāra haila
caitanya-gosāñi — ‘śrī-kṛṣṇa’, nirdhārila

Synonyms

śuniyāhearing; lokeraof all the people; baḍavery great; camatkārawonder; hailathere was; caitanya-gosāñiŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śrī-kṛṣṇapersonally Lord Kṛṣṇa; nirdhārilathey concluded.

Translation

When everyone heard Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s explanation of the ātmārāma-śloka, everyone was astonished and struck with wonder. They concluded that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was none other than Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself.
এত কহি’ উঠিয়া চলিলা গৌরহরি ।
নমস্কার করে লোক হরিধ্বনি করি ॥ ১৬৪ ॥
eta kahi’ uṭhiyā calilā gaurahari
namaskāra kare loka hari-dhvani kari

Synonyms

eta kahi’after speaking that; uṭhiyāstanding; calilābegan to walk; gaurahariŚrī Gaurasundara, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; namaskāra kare lokaall the people offered their obeisances; hari-dhvani kariloudly chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra..

Translation

After giving those explanations again, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arose and took His leave. All the people there offered their obeisances unto Him and chanted the mahā-mantra.
সব কাশীবাসী করে নামসংকীর্তন ।
প্রেমে হাসে, কাঁদে, গায়, করয়ে নর্তন ॥ ১৬৫ ॥
saba kāśī-vāsī kare nāma-saṅkīrtana
preme hāse, kāṅde, gāya, karaye nartana

Synonyms

saba kāśī-vāsīall the inhabitants of Kāśī (Vārāṇasī); kareperformed; nāma-saṅkīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; premein ecstatic love of Godhead; hāsethey laughed; kāṅdethey cried; gāyachanted; karaye nartanaand danced.

Translation

All the inhabitants of Kāśī [Vārāṇasī] began chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra in ecstatic love. Sometimes they laughed, sometimes they cried, sometimes they chanted, and sometimes they danced.
সন্ন্যাসী পণ্ডিত করে ভাগবত বিচার ।
বারাণসীপুর প্রভু করিলা নিস্তার ॥ ১৬৬ ॥
sannyāsī paṇḍita kare bhāgavata vicāra
vārāṇasī-pura prabhu karilā nistāra

Synonyms

sannyāsīthe Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; paṇḍitathe learned scholars; karedo; bhāgavata vicāradiscussion on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; vārāṇasī-purathe city known as Vārāṇasī; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karilā nistāradelivered.

Translation

After this, all the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs and learned scholars at Vārāṇasī began discussing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. In this way Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu delivered them.
নিজ-লোক লঞা প্রভু আইলা বাসাঘর ।
বারাণসী হৈল দ্বিতীয় নদীয়া-নগর ॥ ১৬৭ ॥
nija-loka lañā prabhu āilā vāsāghara
vārāṇasī haila dvitīya nadīyā-nagara

Synonyms

nija-loka lañāwith His personal associates; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilā vāsa-agharacame to His residential place; vārāṇasīthe city of Vārāṇasī; hailabecame; dvitīyasecond; nadīyā-nagaraNavadvīpa (Nadia).

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then returned to His residence with His personal associates. Thus He turned the whole city of Vārāṇasī into another Navadvīpa [Nadīyā-nagara].

Purport

Both Navadvīpa and Vārāṇasī were celebrated for their highly educational activities. At the present time these cities are still inhabited by great, learned scholars, but Vārāṇasī is especially a center for Māyāvādī sannyāsīs who are learned scholars. However, unlike Navadvīpa, there are hardly any devotees in Vārāṇasī. Consequently a discussion of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was very rare in Vārāṇasī. In Navadvīpa, such a discussion was quite ordinary. After Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited Vārānaṣī and turned Prakāśānanda Sarasvatī and his disciples into Vaiṣṇavas, Vārāṇasī became like Navadvīpa because so many devotees began discussing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Even at the present moment one can hear many discussions on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam taking place on the banks of the Ganges. Many scholars and sannyāsīs gather there to hear Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and perform saṅkīrtana.
নিজগণ লঞা প্রভু কহে হাস্য করি’ ।
“কাশীতে আমি আইলাঙ বেচিতে ভাবকালি ॥ ১৬৮ ॥
nija-gaṇa lañā prabhu kahe hāsya kari’
kāśīte āmi āilāṅa vecite bhāvakāli

Synonyms

nija-gaṇa lañāwith His personal associates; prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; hāsya kari’laughingly; kāśītein Kāśī; āmi āilāṅaI came; veciteto sell; bhāvakāliemotional ecstatic love.

Translation

Among His own associates, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu laughingly said, “I came here to sell My emotional ecstatic love.
কাশীতে গ্রাহক নাহি, বস্তু না বিকায় ।
পুনরপি দেশে বহি’ লওয়া নাহি যায় ॥ ১৬৯ ॥
kāśīte grāhaka nāhi, vastu nā vikāya
punarapi deśe vahi’ laoyā nāhi yāya

Synonyms

kāśītein Kāśī (Benares); grāhaka nāhithere was no customer; vastu vikāyait was not selling; punarapiagain; deśeto My own country; vahi’carrying (it); laoyāto take; nāhi yāyawas not possible.

Translation

“Although I came to Vārāṇasī to sell My goods, there were no customers, and it appeared necessary for Me to carry them back to My own country.
আমি বোঝা বহিমু, তোমা-সবার দুঃখ হৈল ।
তোমা-সবার ইচ্ছায় বিনামূল্যে বিলাইল ॥” ১৭০ ॥
āmi bojhā vahimu, tomā-sabāra duḥkha haila
tomā-sabāra icchāya vinā-mūlye bilāila

Synonyms

āmiI; bojhāburden; vahimushall carry; tomā-sabāra duḥkha hailaall of you became very unhappy; tomā-sabāra icchāyaonly by your will; vinā-mūlye bilāilaI distributed without a price.

Translation

“All of you were feeling unhappy that no one was purchasing My goods and that I would have to carry them away. Therefore, by your will only, I have distributed them without charging.”

Purport

When we began distributing the message of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in the Western countries, a similar thing happened. In the beginning we were very much disappointed for at least one year because no one came forth to help this movement, but by the grace of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, some young boys joined this movement in 1966. Of course we distributed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s message of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra without bargaining or selling. As a result, this movement has spread all over the world, with the assistance of European and American boys and girls. We therefore pray for all the blessings of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu upon all the devotees in the Western world who are spreading this movement.
সবে কহে, — “লোক তারিতে তোমার অবতার ।
‘পূর্ব’ ‘দক্ষিণ’ ‘পশ্চিম’ করিলা নিস্তার ॥ ১৭১ ॥
sabe kahe, — loka tārite tomāra avatāra
‘pūrva’ ‘dakṣiṇa’ ‘paścima’ karilā nistāra

Synonyms

sabe kaheeveryone says; loka tāriteto deliver the fallen souls; tomāra avatāraYour incarnation; pūrvaeast; dakṣiṇasouth; paścimawest; karilā nistāraYou have delivered.

Translation

All the Lord’s devotees then said, “You have incarnated to deliver fallen souls. You have delivered them in the east and in the south, and now you are delivering them in the west.
‘এক’ বারাণসী ছিল তোমাতে বিমুখ ।
তাহা নিস্তারিয়া কৈলা আমা-সবার সুখ ॥” ১৭২ ॥
‘eka’ vārāṇasī chila tomāte vimukha
tāhā nistāriyā kailā āmā-sabāra sukha

Synonyms

ekaone; vārāṇasīthe city of Vārāṇasī; chilaremained; tomāte vimukhaagainst Your missionary activities; tāhāthat; nistāriyādelivering; kailāhave done; āmā-sabāraof all of us; sukhaawakening of happiness.

Translation

“Only Vārāṇasī was left because the people there were against Your missionary activities. Now You have delivered them, and we are all very happy.”
বারাণসী-গ্রামে যদি কোলাহল হৈল ।
শুনি’ গ্রামী দেশী লোক আসিতে লাগিল ॥ ১৭৩ ॥
vārāṇasī-grāme yadi kolāhala haila
śuni’ grāmī deśī loka āsite lāgila

Synonyms

vārāṇasī-grāmein the city of Vārāṇasī; yadiwhen; kolāhala hailathere was broadcasting of this news; śuni’hearing; grāmīfrom the villages; deśīfrom the towns; loka āsite lāgilapeople began to pour in.

Translation

After the news of these events was broadcast, everyone from the surrounding neighborhoods began to pour in to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
লক্ষ কোটি লোক আইসে, নাহিক গণন ।
সঙ্কীর্ণ স্থানে প্রভুর না পায় দরশন ॥ ১৭৪ ॥
lakṣa koṭi loka āise, nāhika gaṇana
saṅkīrṇa-sthāne prabhura nā pāya daraśana

Synonyms

lakṣa koṭihundreds of thousands; lokapeople; āisecome; nāhika gaṇanathere was no counting; saṅkīrṇa-sthānein a small place; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāya daraśanacould not see.

Translation

Hundreds of thousands of people came to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. There was no counting the number. Because the Lord’s residence was very small, not everyone could see Him.
প্রভু যবে স্নানে যান বিশ্বেশ্বর-দরশনে ।
দুইদিকে লোক করে প্রভু-বিলোকনে ॥ ১৭৫ ॥
prabhu yabe snāne yāna viśveśvara-daraśane
dui-dike loka kare prabhu-vilokane

Synonyms

prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yabewhen; snāne yānagoes to bathe; viśveśvara-daraśaneor to see the Deity of Lord Viśveśvara; dui-dikeon two sides; lokaall the people; karedo; prabhu-vilokaneseeing of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to take His bath in the Ganges and to see the temple of Viśveśvara, people would line up on both sides to see the Lord.
বাহু তুলি’ প্রভু কহে — বল ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘হরি’ ।
দণ্ডবৎ করে লোকে হরিধ্বনি করি’ ॥ ১৭৬ ॥
bāhu tuli’ prabhu kahe — bala ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘hari’
daṇḍavat kare loke hari-dhvani kari’

Synonyms

bāhu tuli’raising His two arms; prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu says; balaplease say; kṛṣṇa hariKṛṣṇa,” “Hari”; daṇḍavat kareoffer their respects; lokethe people; hari-dhvani kari’loudly chanting the name of Hari.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu passed by the people, He would raise His arms and say, “Please chant Kṛṣṇa! Please chant Hari!” All the people received Him by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, and they offered their respects to Him by this chanting.
এইমত দিন পঞ্চ লোক নিস্তারিয়া ।
আর দিন চলিলা প্রভু উদ্বিগ্ন হঞা ॥ ১৭৭ ॥
ei-mata dina pañca loka nistāriyā
āra dina calilā prabhu udvigna hañā

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; dina pañcafive days; lokathe people; nistāriyādelivering; āra dinaon the next day; calilādeparted; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; udvigna hañābeing very eager.

Translation

In this way, for five days Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu delivered the people of Vārāṇasī. Finally, on the next day, He became very eager to leave.
রাত্রে উঠি’ প্রভু যদি করিলা গমন ।
পাছে লাগ্ লইলা তবে ভক্ত পঞ্চ জন ॥ ১৭৮ ॥
rātre uṭhi’ prabhu yadi karilā gamana
pāche lāg la-ilā tabe bhakta pañca jana

Synonyms

rātre uṭhi’rising at night; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yadiwhen; karilā gamanadeparted; pāchebehind Him; lāg la-ilābegan to follow; tabethen; bhakta pañca janafive devotees.

Translation

After rising very early on the sixth day, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu started to leave, and five devotees began to follow Him.
তপন মিশ্র, রঘুনাথ, মহারাষ্ট্রীয় ব্রাহ্মণ ।
চন্দ্রশেখর, কীর্তনীয়া-পরমানন্দ, — পঞ্চ জন ॥ ১৭৯ ॥
tapana miśra, raghunātha, mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇa
candraśekhara, kīrtanīyā-paramānanda, — pañca jana

Synonyms

tapana miśraTapana Miśra; raghunāthaRaghunātha; mahārāṣṭrīya brāhmaṇathe Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa; candraśekharaCandraśekhara; kīrtanīyā-paramānandaParamānanda, who used to perform kīrtana; pañca janathese five persons.

Translation

These five devotees were Tapana Miśra, Raghunātha, the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa, Candraśekhara and Paramānanda Kīrtanīyā.
সবে চাহে প্রভু-সঙ্গে নীলাচল যাইতে ।
সবারে বিদায় দিলা প্রভু যত্ন-সহিতে ॥ ১৮০ ॥
sabe cāhe prabhu-saṅge nīlācala yāite
sabāre vidāya dilā prabhu yatna-sahite

Synonyms

sabe cāheevery one of them wanted; prabhu-saṅgewith Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nīlācala yāiteto go to Jagannātha Purī; sabāreto all of them; vidāya dilābade farewell; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yatna-sahitewith great attention.

Translation

These five wanted to accompany Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to Jagannātha Purī, but the Lord attentively bade them farewell.
“যাঁর ইচ্ছা, পাছে আইস আমারে দেখিতে ।
এবে আমি একা যামু ঝারিখণ্ড-পথে” ॥ ১৮১ ॥
“yāṅra icchā, pāche āisa āmāre dekhite
ebe āmi ekā yāmu jhārikhaṇḍa-pathe”

Synonyms

yāṅraof one who; icchāthere is a desire; pāchelater; āisayou may come; āmāre dekhiteto see Me; ebebut at this time; āmiI; ekāalone; yāmushall go; jhārikhaṇḍa-pathethrough the forest known as Jhārikhaṇḍa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “If you want to see Me, you may come later, but for the time being I shall go alone through the Jhārikhaṇḍa forest.”
সনাতনে কহিলা, — তুমি যাহ’ বৃন্দাবন ।
তোমার দুই ভাই তথা করিয়াছে গমন ॥ ১৮২ ॥
sanātane kahilā, — tumi yāha’ vṛndāvana
tomāra dui bhāi tathā kariyāche gamana

Synonyms

sanātane kahilāHe advised Sanātana Gosvāmī; tumiyou; yāha’ vṛndāvanago to Vṛndāvana; tomārayour; dui bhāitwo brothers; tathāthere; kariyāche gamanahave already gone.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu advised Sanātana Gosvāmī to proceed toward Vṛndāvana, and He informed him that his two brothers had already gone there.
কাঁথা-করঙ্গিয়া মোর কাঙ্গাল ভক্তগণ ।
বৃন্দাবনে আইলে তাঁদের করিহ পালন ॥ ১৮৩ ॥
kāṅthā-karaṅgiyā mora kāṅgāla bhakta-gaṇa
vṛndāvane āile tāṅdera kariha pālana

Synonyms

kāṅthātorn quilt; karaṅgiyāa small waterpot; moraMy; kāṅgālapoor; bhakta-gaṇadevotees; vṛndāvane āilewhen they come to Vṛndāvana; tāṅderaof all of them; kariha pālanatake care.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu told Sanātana Gosvāmī, “All My devotees who go to Vṛndāvana are generally very poor. They each have nothing with them but a torn quilt and a small waterpot. Therefore, Sanātana, you should give them shelter and maintain them.”

Purport

Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we have constructed temples in both Vṛndāvana and Māyāpur, Navadvīpa, just to give shelter to the foreign devotees coming from Europe and America. Since the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement started, many Europeans and Americans have been visiting Vṛndāvana, but they have not been properly received by any āśrama or temple there. It is the purpose of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness to give them shelter and train them in devotional service. There are also many tourists eager to come to India to understand India’s spiritual life, and the devotees in our temples both in Vṛndāvana and in Navadvīpa should make arrangements to accommodate them as far as possible.
এত বলি’ চলিলা প্রভু সবা আলিঙ্গিয়া ।
সবেই পড়িলা তথা মূর্চ্ছিত হঞা ॥ ১৮৪ ॥
eta bali’ calilā prabhu sabā āliṅgiyā
sabei paḍilā tathā mūrcchita hañā

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; calilābegan to proceed; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sabāall of them; āliṅgiyāembracing; sabeiall of them; paḍilāfell down; tathāthere; mūrcchita hañāfainting.

Translation

After saying this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced them all and began to proceed on His way, and they all fainted and fell down.
কতক্ষণে উঠি’ সবে দুঃখে ঘরে আইলা ।
সনাতন-গোসাঞি বৃন্দাবনেরে চলিলা ॥ ১৮৫ ॥
kata-kṣaṇe uṭhi’ sabe duḥkhe ghare āilā
sanātana-gosāñi vṛndāvanere calilā

Synonyms

kata-kṣaṇeafter some time; uṭhi’rising; sabeall of them; duḥkhein great unhappiness; ghare āilāreturned to their homes; sanātana-gosāñiSanātana Gosvāmī; vṛndāvanere calilāproceeded toward Vṛndāvana.

Translation

After some time, all the devotees got up and returned to their homes very much grief-stricken. Sanātana Gosvāmī proceeded toward Vṛndāvana alone.
এথা রূপ-গোসাঞি যবে মথুরা আইলা ।
ধ্রুবঘাটে তাঁরে সুবুদ্ধিরায় মিলিলা ॥ ১৮৬ ॥
ethā rūpa-gosāñi yabe mathurā āilā
dhruva-ghāṭe tāṅre subuddhi-rāya mililā

Synonyms

ethāthere; rūpa-gosāñiRūpa Gosāñi; yabewhen; mathurā āilācame to Mathurā; dhruva-ghāṭeat the bank of the Yamunā known as Dhruva-ghāṭa; tāṅrehim; subuddhi-rāyaa devotee of Lord Caitanya named Subuddhi Rāya; mililāmet.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī reached Mathurā, he met Subuddhi Rāya on the banks of the Yamunā, at a place called Dhruva-ghāṭa.
পূর্বে যবে সুবুদ্ধি-রায় ছিলা গৌড়ে ‘অধিকারী’ ।
হুসেন-খাঁ ‘সৈয়দ’ করে তাহার চাকরী ॥ ১৮৭ ॥
pūrve yabe subuddhi-rāya chilā gauḍe ‘adhikārī’
husena-khāṅ ‘saiyada’ kare tāhāra cākarī

Synonyms

pūrveformerly; yabewhen; subuddhi-rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; chilāresided; gauḍein Bengal; adhikārīa very respectable man; husena-khāṅNawab Hussain Khān; saiyadanamed Saiyada; kareperformed; tāhāra cākarīservice of Subuddhi Rāya.

Translation

Formerly Subuddhi Rāya had been a big landholder in Gauḍa-deśa [Bengal]. Saiyada Hussain Khān was then a servant of Subuddhi Rāya.
দীঘি খোদাইতে তারে ‘মুন্‌সীফ’ কৈলা ।
ছিদ্র পাঞা রায় তারে চাবুক মারিলা ॥ ১৮৮ ॥
dīghi khodāite tāre ‘munsīpha’ kailā
chidra pāñā rāya tāre cābuka mārilā

Synonyms

dīghi khodāiteto dig a big lake; tāreHussain Khān; munsīpha kailāappointed as the supervisor; chidra pāñāfinding some fault; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; tārehim; cābuka mārilāwhipped.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya put Hussain Khān in charge of digging a big lake, but once, finding fault with him, he struck him with a whip.
পাছে যবে হুসেন-খাঁ গৌড়ে ‘রাজা’ হইল ।
সুবুদ্ধি-রায়েরে তিঁহো বহু বাড়াইল ॥ ১৮৯ ॥
pāche yabe husena-khāṅ gauḍe ‘rājā’ ha-ila
subuddhi-rāyere tiṅho bahu bāḍāila

Synonyms

pāchelater; yabewhen; husena-khāṅHussain Khān; gauḍein Bengal; rājā ha-ilawas appointed Nawab, or governor, by the central Muslim government; subuddhi-rāyereunto Subuddhi Rāya; tiṅhohe; bahu bāḍāilaincreased the opulences.

Translation

Later Hussain Khān somehow or other was appointed Nawab by the central Muslim government. As a matter of obligation, he increased the opulences of Subuddhi Rāya.
তার স্ত্রী তার অঙ্গে দেখে মারণের চিহ্নে ।
সুবুদ্ধি-রায়েরে মারিতে কহে রাজা-স্থানে ॥ ১৯০ ॥
tāra strī tāra aṅge dekhe māraṇera cihne
subuddhi-rāyere mārite kahe rājā-sthāne

Synonyms

tāra strīhis wife; tāra aṅgeon his body; dekhesees; māraṇera cihnethe mark of the whip; subuddhi-rāyereSubuddhi Rāya; māriteto kill; kahesays; rājā-sthānein the presence of the King.

Translation

Later, when the wife of Nawab Saiyada Hussain Khān saw the whip marks on his body, she requested him to kill Subuddhi Rāya.
রাজা কহে, — আমার পোষ্টা রায় হয় ‘পিতা’ ।
তাহারে মারিমু আমি, — ভাল নহে কথা ॥ ১৯১ ॥
rājā kahe, — āmāra poṣṭā rāya haya ‘pitā’
tāhāre mārimu āmi, — bhāla nahe kathā

Synonyms

rājā kahethe King said; āmāramy; poṣṭāmaintainer; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; hayais; pitājust like my father; tāhāre mārimushall kill him; āmiI; bhāla nahe kathāthis is not a good proposal.

Translation

Hussain Khān replied, “Subuddhi Rāya has maintained me very carefully. He was just like a father to me,” he said. “Now you are asking me to kill him. This is not a very good proposal.”
স্ত্রী কহে, — জাতি লহ’, যদি প্রাণে না মারিবে ।
রাজা কহে, — জাতি নিলে ইঁহো নাহি জীবে ॥ ১৯২ ॥
strī kahe, — jāti laha’, yadi prāṇe nā māribe
rājā kahe, — jāti nile iṅho nāhi jībe

Synonyms

strī kahethe wife replied; jāti laha’then take his caste; yadiif; prāṇe māribeyou will not kill him; rājā kahethe King replied; jāti nileif I take his caste; iṅho nāhi jībehe will not live (he will commit suicide).

Translation

As a last alternative, the wife suggested that the Nawab take away Subuddhi Rāya’s caste and turn him into a Muslim, but Hussain Khān replied that if he did this, Subuddhi Rāya would not live.
স্ত্রী মরিতে চাহে, রাজা সঙ্কটে পড়িল ।
করোঁয়ার পানি তার মুখে দেওয়াইল ॥ ১৯৩ ॥
strī marite cāhe, rājā saṅkaṭe paḍila
karoṅyāra pāni tāra mukhe deoyāila

Synonyms

strīthe wife; marite cāhewants to kill Subuddhi Rāya; rājāthe King; saṅkaṭe paḍilabecame very much perplexed; karoṅyāra pāniwater from a pitcher especially used by Muslims; tāra mukheon his head; deoyāilaforced to be sprinkled.

Translation

This became a perplexing problem for him because his wife kept requesting him to kill Subuddhi Rāya. Finally the Nawab sprinkled a little water on Subuddhi Rāya’s head from a pitcher that had been used by a Muslim.

Purport

Five hundred years ago in India, the Hindus were so rigid and strict that if a Muslim would sprinkle a little water from his pitcher upon a Hindu, the Hindu would be immediately ostracized. Recently, in 1947, during the partition days, there was a big riot between Hindus and Muslims, especially in Bengal. The Hindus were forcibly made to eat cow’s flesh, and consequently they began crying, thinking that they had become Muslims. Actually the Muslims in India did not come from the country of the Muslims, but Hindus instituted the custom that somehow or other if one contacted a Muslim, he became a Muslim. Rūpa Gosvāmī and Sanātana Gosvāmī were born in a high brāhmaṇa family, but because they accepted employment under a Muslim government, they were considered Muslims. Subuddhi Rāya was sprinkled with water from the pitcher of a Muslim, and consequently he was condemned to have become a Muslim. Later, Aurangzeb, the Muslim emperor, introduced a tax especially meant for Hindus. Being oppressed in the Hindu community, many low-caste Hindus preferred to become Muslims. In this way the Muslim population increased. Later the British government made it a policy to divide the Hindus and the Muslims, and thus they maintained ill feelings between them. The result was that India was divided into Pakistan and Hindustan.
From early histories it appears that the entire earth was under one culture, Vedic culture, but gradually, due to religious and cultural divisions, the rule fragmented into many subdivisions. Now the earth is divided into many countries, religions and political parties. Despite these political and religious divisions, we advocate that everyone should unite again under one culture — Kṛṣṇa consciousness. People should accept one God, Kṛṣṇa; one scripture, the Bhagavad-gītā; and one activity, devotional service to the Lord. Thus people may live happily upon this earth and combine to produce sufficient food. In such a society, there would be no question of scarcity, famine or cultural or religious degradation. So-called caste systems and national divisions are artificial. According to our Vaiṣṇava philosophy, these are all external bodily designations. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is not based upon bodily designations. It is a transcendental movement on the platform of spiritual understanding. If the people of the world understood that the basic principle of life is spiritual identification, they would understand that the business of the spirit soul is to serve the Supreme Spirit, Kṛṣṇa. As Lord Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.7), mamaivāṁśo jīva-loke jīva-bhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ: “The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal fragmental parts.” All living entities in different life forms are sons of Kṛṣṇa. Therefore they are all meant to serve Kṛṣṇa, the original supreme father. If this philosophy is accepted, the failure of the United Nations to unite all nations will be sufficiently compensated all over the world by a great Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. Recently we had talks with Christian leaders in Australia, including the Catholic Bishop of Melbourne, and everyone there was pleased with our philosophy of oneness in religious consciousness.
তবে সুবুদ্ধি-রায় সেই ‘ছদ্ম’ পাঞা ।
বারাণসী আইলা, সব বিষয় ছাড়িয়া ॥ ১৯৪ ॥
tabe subuddhi-rāya sei ‘chadma’ pāñā
vārāṇasī āilā, saba viṣaya chāḍiyā

Synonyms

tabeupon this; subuddhi-rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; seithat; chadmaplea; pāñāgetting an opportunity; vārāṇasī āilācame to Vārāṇasī; sabaall; viṣaya chāḍiyāgiving up the implications of material activities.

Translation

Taking the Nawab’s sprinkling water upon him as an opportunity, Subuddhi Rāya left his family and business affairs and went to Vārāṇasī.

Purport

It appears that Subuddhi Rāya was a big landholder and a responsible, respectable gentleman. He could not, however, avoid the social misconception that one becomes a Muslim when water is sprinkled on one’s face from a Muslim’s pitcher. Actually he was planning to give up his material life and leave his family. Hindu culture recommends four divisions — brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa. Subuddhi Rāya was thinking of taking sannyāsa, and by the grace of Kṛṣṇa, he received this opportunity. He therefore left his family and went to Vārāṇasī. The system of varṇāśrama-dharma is very scientific. If one is directed by the varṇāśrama institution, he will naturally think of retiring from family life at the end of his life. Therefore sannyāsa is compulsory at the age of fifty.
প্রায়শ্চিত্ত পুছিলা তিঁহো পণ্ডিতের গণে ।
তাঁরা কহে, — তপ্ত-ঘৃত খাঞা ছাড়’ প্রাণে ॥ ১৯৫ ॥
prāyaścitta puchilā tiṅho paṇḍitera gaṇe
tāṅrā kahe, — tapta-ghṛta khāñā chāḍa’ prāṇe

Synonyms

prāyaścittaatonement; puchilāinquired; tiṅhohe; paṇḍitera gaṇeamong the learned scholars or brāhmaṇa-paṇḍitas in Vārāṇasī; tāṅrā kahethey advised; tapta-ghṛtahot clarified butter; khāñādrinking; chāḍa’give up; prāṇeyour life.

Translation

When Subuddhi Rāya consulted the learned brāhmaṇas at Vārāṇasī, asking them how his conversion to Islam could be counteracted, they advised him to drink hot ghee and give up his life.
কেহ কহে, — এই নহে, ‘অল্প’ দোষ হয় ।
শুনিয়া রহিলা রায় করিয়া সংশয় ॥ ১৯৬ ॥
keha kahe, — ei nahe, ‘alpa’ doṣa haya
śuniyā rahilā rāya kariyā saṁśaya

Synonyms

keha kahesome of the learned brāhmaṇas said; eithis; nahenot; alpainsignificant; doṣafault; hayais; śuniyāhearing; rahilāremained; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; kariyāmaking; saṁśayadoubt.

Translation

When Subuddhi Rāya consulted some other brāhmaṇas, they told him that he had not committed a grievous fault and that consequently he should not drink hot ghee and give up his life. As a result, Subuddhi Rāya was doubtful about what to do.

Purport

This is another instance of Hindu custom. One brāhmaṇa would give advice condoning a particular fault, and another would give advice to the contrary. Typically, lawyers and physicians differ, giving one kind of instruction and then another. Due to the brāhmaṇas’ different opinions, Subuddhi Rāya became further perplexed. He did not know what to do or what not to do.
তবে যদি মহাপ্রভু বারাণসী আইলা ।
তাঁরে মিলি’ রায় আপন-বৃত্তান্ত কহিলা ॥ ১৯৭ ॥
tabe yadi mahāprabhu vārāṇasī āilā
tāṅre mili’ rāya āpana-vṛttānta kahilā

Synonyms

tabeat this moment; yadiwhen; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vārāṇasī āilācame to Vārāṇasī; tāṅre mili’meeting Him; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; āpana-vṛttānta kahilāexplained his personal situation.

Translation

In his state of perplexity, Subuddhi Rāya met Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu when the Lord was at Vārāṇasī. Subuddhi Rāya explained his position and asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu what he should do.
প্রভু কহে, — ইহাঁ হৈতে যাহ’ বৃন্দাবন ।
নিরন্তর কর কৃষ্ণনামসংকীর্তন ॥ ১৯৮ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ihāṅ haite yāha’ vṛndāvana
nirantara kara kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord advised; ihāṅ haitefrom this place; yāha’ vṛndāvanago to Vṛndāvana; nirantaraincessantly; karaperform; kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtanachanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

The Lord advised him, “Go to Vṛndāvana and chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra constantly.”

Purport

This is a solution to all sinful activities. In this Age of Kali everyone is perplexed by so many inconveniences — social, political and religious — and naturally no one is happy. Due to the contamination of this age, everyone has a very short life. There are many fools and rascals who advise people to adopt this way of life or that way of life, but real liberation from life’s perplexities means preparation for the next life. Tathā dehāntara-prāptir dhīras tatra na muhyati. One should be situated in his spiritual identity and return home, back to Godhead. The simplest method for this is recommended herein by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. We should constantly chant the holy names of the Lord, the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is recommending this process all over the world. We are saying, “Chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, be freed from all the complexities of life, and realize Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Engage in His devotional service and perfect your life so that you can return home, back to Godhead.”
এক ‘নামাভাসে’ তোমার পাপ-দোষ যাবে ।
আর ‘নাম’ লইতে কৃষ্ণচরণ পাইবে ॥ ১৯৯ ॥
eka ‘nāmābhāse’ tomāra pāpa-doṣa yābe
āra ‘nāma’ la-ite kṛṣṇa-caraṇa pāibe

Synonyms

ekaone; nāma-ābhāseby a reflection of the pure chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; tomārayour; pāpa-doṣa yābeall the sinful reactions will go away; ārathen again; nāma la-iteafter chanting purely the name of the Lord; kṛṣṇa-caraṇa pāibeyou will get shelter at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu further advised Subuddhi Rāya: “Begin chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, and when your chanting is almost pure, all your sinful reactions will go away. After you chant perfectly, you will get shelter at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.

Purport

The ten kinds of offenses should be considered. In the beginning, when one is initiated into the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, there are naturally many offenses. Therefore the devotee should very carefully try to avoid these offenses and chant purely. This does not mean that the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra is sometimes pure and sometimes impure. Rather, the chanter is impure due to material contamination. He has to purify himself so that the holy names will be perfectly effective. Chanting the holy name of the Lord inoffensively will help one get immediate shelter at Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet. This means that by chanting purely, one will immediately be situated on the transcendental platform. We should note, however, that according to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions, one should not wait to purify himself before chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. Whatever our condition may be, we should begin chanting immediately. By the power of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, we will gradually be relieved from all material contamination and will get shelter at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, the ultimate goal of life.
আর কৃষ্ণনাম লৈতে কৃষ্ণস্থানে স্থিতি ।
মহাপাতকের হয় এই প্রায়শ্চিত্তি ॥ ২০০ ॥
āra kṛṣṇa-nāma laite kṛṣṇa-sthāne sthiti
mahā-pātakera haya ei prāyaścitti

Synonyms

ārafurther; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; laitecontinuously chanting; kṛṣṇa-sthāne sthitibeing situated in company with Lord Kṛṣṇa; mahā-pātakeraof all kinds of sinful activity; hayais; eithis; prāyaścittiatonement.

Translation

“When you are situated at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, no sinful reaction can touch you. This is the best solution to all sinful activity.”
পাঞা আজ্ঞা রায় বৃন্দাবনেরে চলিলা ।
প্রয়াগ, অযোধ্যা দিয়া নৈমিষারণ্যে আইলা ॥ ২০১ ॥
pāñā ājñā rāya vṛndāvanere calilā
prayāga, ayodhyā diyā naimiṣāraṇye āilā

Synonyms

pāñā ājñāgetting this order; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; vṛndāvanere calilāwent toward Vṛndāvana; prayāgaAllahabad; ayodhyāAyodhyā (the kingdom of Lord Rāmacandra); diyāthrough; naimiṣāraṇye āilācame to Naimiṣāraṇya (a place near Lucknow).

Translation

Thus receiving the order from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to go to Vṛndāvana, Subuddhi Rāya left Vārāṇasī and went through Prayāga, Ayodhyā and Naimiṣāraṇya toward Vṛndāvana.
কতক দিবস রায় নৈমিষারণ্যে রহিলা ।
প্রভু বৃন্দাবন হৈতে প্রয়াগ যাইলা ॥ ২০২ ॥
kataka divasa rāya naimiṣāraṇye rahilā
prabhu vṛndāvana haite prayāga yāilā

Synonyms

kataka divasaa few days; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; naimiṣāraṇye rahilāstayed at Naimiṣāraṇya; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vṛndāvana haitefrom Vṛndāvana; prayāgato Allahabad; yāilāwent.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya stayed for some time at Naimiṣāraṇya. During that time, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Prayāga after visiting Vṛndāvana.
মথুরা আসিয়া রায় প্রভুবার্তা পাইল ।
প্রভুর লাগ না পাঞা মনে বড় দুঃখ হৈল ॥ ২০৩ ॥
mathurā āsiyā rāya prabhu-vārtā pāila
prabhura lāga nā pāñā mane baḍa duḥkha haila

Synonyms

mathurā āsiyāwhen he came to Mathurā; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; prabhu-vārtā pāilagot information of the Lord’s itinerary; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; lāgacontact; pāñānot getting; manein the mind; baḍavery great; duḥkhaunhappiness; hailathere was.

Translation

After reaching Mathurā, Subuddhi Rāya received information of the Lord’s itinerary. He became very unhappy because he was not able to contact the Lord.
শুষ্ককাষ্ঠ আনি’ রায় বেচে মথুরাতে ।
পাঁচ ছয় পৈসা হয় এক এক বোঝাতে ॥ ২০৪ ॥
śuṣka-kāṣṭha āni’ rāya vece mathurāte
pāṅca chaya paisā haya eka eka bojhāte

Synonyms

śuṣka-kāṣṭha āni’collecting dry wood from the forest; rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; vecesells; mathurāteat Mathurā; pāṅca chayafive or six; paisāpaise; hayaare; eka eka bojhātein exchange for each load of dry wood.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya would collect dry wood in the forest and take it to the city of Mathurā to sell. For each load he would receive five or six paise.
আপনে রহে এক পৈসার চানা চাবাইয়া ।
আর পৈসা বাণিয়া-স্থানে রাখেন ধরিয়া ॥ ২০৫ ॥
āpane rahe eka paisāra cānā cābāiyā
āra paisā bāṇiyā-sthāne rākhena dhariyā

Synonyms

āpanepersonally; rahelives; eka paisāraof one paisa’s worth; cānāfried chick-peas; cābāiyāchewing; ārathe balance; paisāfour or five paise; bāṇiyā-sthānein the custody of a merchant; rākhenakeeps; dhariyādepositing.

Translation

Earning his livelihood by selling dry wood, Subuddhi Rāya would live on only one paisa’s worth of fried chick-peas, and he would deposit whatever other paise he had with some merchant.

Purport

In those days there was no banking system like the one now found in Western countries. If one had excess money, he would deposit it with some merchant, usually a grocer. That was the banking system. Subuddhi Rāya would deposit his extra money with a mercantile man and spend it when necessary. When one is in the renounced order, saving money is not recommended. However, if one saves money for the service of the Lord or a Vaiṣṇava, that is accepted. These are the dealings of Subuddhi Rāya, who is one of the confidential devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī also followed this principle by spending fifty percent of his money in order to serve Kṛṣṇa through brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas. He gave twenty-five percent of his money to relatives, and twenty-five percent he deposited in the custody of a merchant. These are the approved methods recommended in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta. Whether in the renounced order or in the gṛhastha order, a Vaiṣṇava should follow these principles set forth by the previous ācāryas.
দুঃখী বৈষ্ণব দেখি’ তাঁরে করান ভোজন ।
গৌড়ীয়া আইলে দধি, ভাত, তৈল-মর্দন ॥ ২০৬ ॥
duḥkhī vaiṣṇava dekhi’ tāṅre karāna bhojana
gauḍīyā āile dadhi, bhāta, taila-mardana

Synonyms

duḥkhī vaiṣṇavaa poverty-stricken Vaiṣṇava; dekhi’seeing; tāṅreto him; karāna bhojanagives food for eating; gauḍīyā āilewhen a Bengali Vaiṣṇava came to Mathurā; dadhiyogurt; bhātacooked rice; taila-mardanamassaging mustard oil on the body.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya used to spend his savings to supply yogurt to Bengali Vaiṣṇavas who came to Mathurā. He also gave them cooked rice and oil massages. When he saw a poverty-stricken Vaiṣṇava, he would use his money to feed him.

Purport

There is a special reference for the maintenance of Bengali Vaiṣṇavas. A Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava is a Bengali Vaiṣṇava. Most of the devotees of Lord Caitanya at that time were Gauḍīyas and Oriyās, inhabitants of Bengal and Orissa. There are still many hundreds of thousands of His followers in Bengal and Orissa. Bengalis are habituated to eating cooked rice as their staple food. When they went to Mathurā in the north, they found that the people generally ate chapatis or roṭis made of wheat. The Bengalis could not digest this food because they were used to cooked rice. Therefore as soon as Subuddhi Rāya saw a Bengali Vaiṣṇava arriving in Mathurā, he would try to supply him with cooked rice. Bengalis are also accustomed to taking a massage with mustard oil. In any case, Subuddhi Rāya wanted to serve the Vaiṣṇavas according to their needs. Therefore he would supply yogurt to ease the digestion of food eaten in Mathurā, particularly the chapatis and roṭis made with wheat.
রূপ-গোসাঞি, আইলে তাঁরে বহু প্রীতি কৈলা ।
আপন-সঙ্গে লঞা ‘দ্বাদশ বন’ দেখাইলা ॥ ২০৭ ॥
rūpa-gosāñi, āile tāṅre bahu prīti kailā
āpana-saṅge lañā ‘dvādaśa vana’ dekhāilā

Synonyms

rūpa-gosāñiRūpa Gosāñi; āilewhen he came to Mathurā; tāṅreunto him; bahumuch; prītilove; kailāshowed; āpana-saṅge lañātaking Rūpa Gosvāmī personally with him; dvādaśa vanathe twelve forests of Vṛndāvana; dekhāilāshowed.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī arrived at Mathurā, Subuddhi Rāya, out of love and affection for him, wanted to serve him in so many ways. He personally took Rūpa Gosvāmī to see all the twelve forests of Vṛndāvana.

Purport

Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī had been a minister in the government of Hussain Shah, and Subuddhi Rāya was also known to Hussain Shah because, as a boy, the Shah had been Subuddhi Rāya’s servant. It appears that Subuddhi Rāya was elderly, yet while he was living in Mathurā he showed Rūpa Gosvāmī the twelve forests of Vṛndāvana.
মাসমাত্র রূপ-গোসাঞি রহিলা বৃন্দাবনে ।
শীঘ্র চলি’ আইলা সনাতনানুসন্ধানে ॥ ২০৮ ॥
māsa-mātra rūpa-gosāñi rahilā vṛndāvane
śīghra cali’ āilā sanātanānusandhāne

Synonyms

māsa-mātraonly one month; rūpa-gosāñiRūpa Gosāñi; rahilāremained; vṛndāvaneat Vṛndāvana; śīghravery soon; cali’ āilāreturned; sanātana-anusandhāneto search for Sanātana Gosvāmī.

Translation

Rūpa Gosvāmī remained in Mathurā and Vṛndāvana for one month in the association of Subuddhi Rāya. After that, he left Vṛndāvana to search for his elder brother, Sanātana Gosvāmī.
গঙ্গাতীর-পথে প্রভু প্রয়াগেরে আইলা ।
তাহা শুনি’ দুইভাই সে পথে চলিলা ॥ ২০৯ ॥
gaṅgā-tīra-pathe prabhu prayāgere āilā
tāhā śuni’ dui-bhāi se pathe calilā

Synonyms

gaṅgā-tīra-patheon the road on the bank of the Ganges; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prayāgere āilācame to Prayāga; tāhā śuni’hearing this news; dui-bhāithe two brothers named Rūpa and Anupama; se pathe calilātraveled on that path.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī heard that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had gone to Prayāga on the road along the banks of the Ganges, Rūpa and his brother Anupama went that way to meet the Lord.
এথা সনাতন গোসাঞি প্রয়াগে আসিয়া ।
মথুরা আইলা সরান রাজপথ দিয়া ॥ ২১০ ॥
ethā sanātana gosāñi prayāge āsiyā
mathurā āilā sarāna rāja-patha diyā

Synonyms

ethāhere (at the other end); sanātana gosāñiSanātana Gosāñi; prayāge āsiyācoming to Prayāga; mathurā āilāhe reached Vṛndāvana; sarānadirectly; rāja-patha diyāon the government road or public road.

Translation

After reaching Prayāga, Sanātana Gosvāmī, following the order of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, went to Vṛndāvana along the public road.

Purport

This is especially significant because when Sanātana Gosvāmī went from Bengal to Benares, due to the political situation he did not go along the public road. After meeting Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu at Benares, however, he was ordered to proceed to Vṛndāvana along the public road leading to Mathurā. In other words, he was advised not to fear for his political situation.
মথুরাতে সুবুদ্ধি-রায় তাহারে মিলিলা ।
রূপ-অনুপম-কথা সকলি কহিলা ॥ ২১১ ॥
mathurāte subuddhi-rāya tāhāre mililā
rūpa-anupama-kathā sakali kahilā

Synonyms

mathurāteat Mathurā; subuddhi-rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; tāhāre mililāmet him; rūpa-anupama-kathānews about his younger brothers, Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama; sakalieverything; kahilādescribed.

Translation

When Sanātana Gosvāmī met Subuddhi Rāya at Mathurā, Subuddhi Rāya explained everything about his younger brothers Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama.
গঙ্গাপথে দুইভাই রাজপথে সনাতন ।
অতএব তাঁহা সনে না হৈল মিলন ॥ ২১২ ॥
gaṅgā-pathe dui-bhāi rāja-pathe sanātana
ataeva tāṅhā sane nā haila milana

Synonyms

gaṅgā-patheon the road on the bank of the Ganges; dui-bhāithe two brothers Rūpa and Anupama; rāja-patheon the public road; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; ataevabecause of this; tāṅhā sanewith him; haila milanathere was not a meeting.

Translation

Since Sanātana Gosvāmī went along the public road to Vṛndāvana and Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama went on the road along the Ganges’ banks, it was not possible for them to meet.
সুবুদ্ধি-রায় বহু স্নেহ করে সনাতনে ।
ব্যবহার-স্নেহ সনাতন নাহি মানে ॥ ২১৩ ॥
subuddhi-rāya bahu sneha kare sanātane
vyavahāra-sneha sanātana nāhi māne

Synonyms

subuddhi-rāyaSubuddhi Rāya; bahumuch; snehaaffection; karedoes; sanātaneunto Sanātana Gosvāmī; vyavahāra-snehalove and affection because of a previous relationship; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; nāhi mānewas hesitant to accept.

Translation

Subuddhi Rāya and Sanātana Gosvāmī had known each other before accepting the renounced order. Therefore Subuddhi Rāya showed much affection to Sanātana Gosvāmī, but Sanātana Gosvāmī hesitated to accept his sentiments and affections.
মহা-বিরক্ত সনাতন ভ্রমেণ বনে বনে ।
প্রতিবৃক্ষে, প্রতিকুঞ্জে রহে রাত্রি-দিনে ॥ ২১৪ ॥
mahā-virakta sanātana bhramena vane vane
prati-vṛkṣe, prati-kuñje rahe rātri-dine

Synonyms

mahā-viraktahighly elevated in the renounced order of life; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; bhramenawanders; vane vanefrom forest to forest; prati-vṛkṣeunder every tree; prati-kuñjein every bush; rahe rātri-dineremains day and night.

Translation

Being very advanced in the renounced order, Sanātana Gosvāmī used to wander from forest to forest, never taking shelter of any habitation built of stone. He used to live under trees or beneath bushes both day and night.
মথুরামাহাত্ম্য-শাস্ত্র সংগ্রহ করিয়া ।
লুপ্ততীর্থ প্রকট কৈলা বনেতে ভ্রমিয়া ॥ ২১৫ ॥
mathurā-māhātmya-śāstra saṅgraha kariyā
lupta-tīrtha prakaṭa kailā vanete bhramiyā

Synonyms

mathurā-māhātmyagiving a description of the greatness of Mathurā; śāstrabooks; saṅgraha kariyācollecting; lupta-tīrthalost holy places; prakaṭadiscovering; kailāhe did; vanete bhramiyātraveling within the forest.

Translation

Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī collected some books about archaeological excavations in Mathurā, and wandering in the forest, he sought to renovate all those holy places.
এইমত সনাতন বৃন্দাবনেতে রহিলা ।
রূপ-গোসাঞি দুইভাই কাশীতে আইলা ॥ ২১৬ ॥
ei-mata sanātana vṛndāvanete rahilā
rūpa-gosāñi dui-bhāi kāśīte āilā

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; sanātanaSanātana Gosvāmī; vṛndāvanete rahilāremained in Vṛndāvana; rūpa-gosāñiRūpa Gosāñi; dui-bhāithe two brothers; kāśīte āilācame to Vārāṇasī (Kāśī).

Translation

Sanātana Gosvāmī remained in Vṛndāvana, and Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama returned to Vārāṇasī.
মহারাষ্ট্রীয় দ্বিজ, শেখর, মিশ্র-তপন ।
তিনজন সহ রূপ করিলা মিলন ॥ ২১৭ ॥
mahārāṣṭrīya dvija, śekhara, miśra-tapana
tina-jana saha rūpa karilā milana

Synonyms

mahārāṣṭrīya dvijathe brāhmaṇa of Maharashtra province; śekharaCandraśekhara; miśra-tapanaTapana Miśra; tina-janathese three persons; sahawith; rūpaRūpa Gosvāmī; karilā milanamet.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī arrived at Vārāṇasī, he met the Maharashtriyan brāhmaṇa, Candraśekhara and Tapana Miśra.
শেখরের ঘরে বাসা, মিশ্র-ঘরে ভিক্ষা ।
মিশ্রমুখে শুনে — সনাতনে প্রভুর ‘শিক্ষা’ ॥ ২১৮ ॥
śekharera ghare vāsā, miśra-ghare bhikṣā
miśra-mukhe śune sanātane prabhura ‘śikṣā’

Synonyms

śekharera ghare vāsāresidence in the house of Candraśekhara; miśra-ghare bhikṣāprasādam at the house of Tapana Miśra; miśra-mukhefrom the mouth of Tapana Miśra; śunehears; sanātaneunto Sanātana; prabhura śikṣāinstructions of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

While Rūpa Gosvāmī was staying at Vārāṇasī, he resided at the house of Candraśekhara and took prasādam at the house of Tapana Miśra. In this way he heard of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s instructions to Sanātana Gosvāmī in Vārāṇasī.
কাশীতে প্রভুর চরিত্র শুনি’ তিনের মুখে ।
সন্ন্যাসীরে কৃপা শুনি’ পাইলা বড় সুখে ॥ ২১৯ ॥
kāśīte prabhura caritra śuni’ tinera mukhe
sannyāsīre kṛpā śuni’ pāilā baḍa sukhe

Synonyms

kāśīteat Vārāṇasī (Kāśī); prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caritrathe activity; śuni’hearing; tinera mukhefrom the mouths of the three persons; sannyāsīre kṛpāthe mercy shown to the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; śuni’hearing about; pāilāhe got; baḍa sukhevery great pleasure.

Translation

While staying at Vārāṇasī, Rūpa Gosvāmī heard of all Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s activities. When he heard of His deliverance of the Māyāvādī sannyāsīs, he became very happy.
মহাপ্রভুর উপর লোকের প্রণতি দেখিয়া ।
সুখী হৈলা লোকমুখে কীর্তন শুনিয়া ॥ ২২০ ॥
mahāprabhura upara lokera praṇati dekhiyā
sukhī hailā loka-mukhe kīrtana śuniyā

Synonyms

mahāprabhuraŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; uparaupon; lokeraof the people in general; praṇati dekhiyāseeing the surrender; sukhī hailābecame very happy; loka-mukhefrom the general public; kīrtana śuniyāhearing the description.

Translation

When Rūpa Gosvāmī saw that all the people of Vārāṇasī respected Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, he became very happy. He even heard stories from the general populace.
দিন দশ রহি’ রূপ গৌড়ে যাত্রা কৈল ।
সনাতন-রূপের এই চরিত্র কহিল ॥ ২২১ ॥
dina daśa rahi’ rūpa gauḍe yātrā kaila
sanātana-rūpera ei caritra kahila

Synonyms

dina daśaabout ten days; rahi’remaining; rūpaRūpa Gosvāmī; gauḍe yātrā kailawent back to Bengal; sanātana-rūperaof Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī and Rūpa Gosvāmī; eithus; caritracharacter; kahilaI have described.

Translation

After staying in Vārāṇasī for about ten days, Rūpa Gosvāmī returned to Bengal. In this way I have described the activities of Rūpa and Sanātana.
এথা মহাপ্রভু যদি নীলাদ্রি চলিলা ।
নির্জন বনপথে যাইতে মহা সুখ পাইলা ॥ ২২২ ॥
ethā mahāprabhu yadi nīlādri calilā
nirjana vana-pathe yāite mahā sukha pāilā

Synonyms

ethāon the other side; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yadiwhen; nīlādri calilāwent back to Jagannātha Purī; nirjana vana-patheon a solitary forest path; yāitetraveling; mahā sukha pāilāgot very great pleasure.

Translation

As Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was returning to Jagannātha Purī, He passed through the solitary forest, and He received great pleasure in doing so.
সুখে চলি’ আইসে প্রভু বলভদ্র-সঙ্গে ।
পূর্ববৎ মৃগাদি-সঙ্গে কৈলা নানারঙ্গে ॥ ২২৩ ॥
sukhe cali’ āise prabhu balabhadra-saṅge
pūrvavat mṛgādi-saṅge kailā nānā-raṅge

Synonyms

sukhein a very pleasing atmosphere; cali’ āisecomes back; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; balabhadra-saṅgewith the servant Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya; pūrva-vatas previously; mṛga-ādi-saṅgewith the forest animals; kailāperformed; nānā-raṅgevarious pleasing activities.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu happily returned to Jagannātha Purī in the company of His servant, Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya. As previously, the Lord performed many pleasing pastimes with the forest animals.
আঠারনালাতে আসি’ ভট্টাচার্য ব্রাহ্মণে ।
পাঠাঞা বোলাইলা নিজ-ভক্তগণে ॥ ২২৪ ॥
āṭhāranālāte āsi’ bhaṭṭācārya brāhmaṇe
pāṭhāñā bolāilā nija-bhakta-gaṇe

Synonyms

āṭhāranālāteto a place near Jagannātha Purī named Āṭhāranālā; āsi’coming; bhaṭṭācārya brāhmaṇethe brāhmaṇa known as Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya; pāṭhāñāsending; bolāilācalled for; nija-bhakta-gaṇeHis own personal associates.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arrived at a place known as Āṭhāranālā, near Jagannātha Purī, He sent Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya to call for His devotees.
শুনিয়া ভক্তের গণ যেন পুনরপি জীলা ।
দেহে প্রাণ আইলে, যেন ইন্দ্রিয় উঠিলা ॥ ২২৫ ॥
śuniyā bhaktera gaṇa yena punarapi jīlā
dehe prāṇa āile, yena indriya uṭhilā

Synonyms

śuniyāhearing; bhaktera gaṇathe hordes of devotees at Jagannātha Purī; yenaas if; punarapiagain; jīlābecame alive; dehein the body; prāṇa āileconsciousness returned; yenaas if; indriyasenses; uṭhilābecame agitated.

Translation

Hearing news of the Lord’s arrival from Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya, hordes of devotees became so happy that they seemed to be getting their lives back. It was as though their consciousness had returned to their bodies. Their senses also became agitated.
আনন্দে বিহ্বল ভক্তগণ ধাঞা আইলা ।
নরেন্দ্রে আসিয়া সবে প্রভুরে মিলিলা ॥ ২২৬ ॥
ānande vihvala bhakta-gaṇa dhāñā āilā
narendre āsiyā sabe prabhure mililā

Synonyms

ānandein great pleasure; vihvalaoverwhelmed; bhakta-gaṇaall the devotees; dhāñā āilāvery hastily came; narendre āsiyācoming to the shore of Narendra Lake; sabeall of them; prabhureŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mililāmet.

Translation

Being overwhelmed with great pleasure, all the devotees hastily went to see the Lord. They met Him on the banks of the celebrated lake called Narendra-sarovara.
পুরী-ভারতীর প্রভু বন্দিলেন চরণ ।
দোঁহে মহাপ্রভুরে কৈলা প্রেম-আলিঙ্গন ॥ ২২৭ ॥
purī-bhāratīra prabhu vandilena caraṇa
doṅhe mahāprabhure kailā prema-āliṅgana

Synonyms

purīParamānanda Purī; bhāratīraand of Brahmānanda Bhāratī; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vandilena caraṇaworshiped the feet; doṅheboth the elderly sannyāsīs; mahāprabhureŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailādid; prema-āliṅganaembracing in love.

Translation

When Paramānanda Purī and Brahmānanda Bhāratī met Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Lord offered them His respectful obeisances due to their being Godbrothers of His spiritual master. They both then embraced Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in love and affection.
দামোদর-স্বরূপ, পণ্ডিত-গদাধর ।
জগদানন্দ, কাশীশ্বর, গোবিন্দ, বক্রেশ্বর ॥ ২২৮ ॥
dāmodara-svarūpa, paṇḍita-gadādhara
jagadānanda, kāśīśvara, govinda, vakreśvara

Synonyms

dāmodara-svarūpaSvarūpa Dāmodara; paṇḍita-gadādharaGadādhara, the learned scholar; jagadānandaJagadānanda; kāśīśvaraKāśīśvara; govindaGovinda; vakreśvaraVakreśvara.

Translation

Devotees like Svarūpa Dāmodara, Gadādhara Paṇḍita, Jagadānanda, Kāśīśvara, Govinda and Vakreśvara all came to meet the Lord.
কাশী-মিশ্র, প্রদ্যুম্ন-মিশ্র, পণ্ডিত-দামোদর ।
হরিদাস-ঠাকুর, আর পণ্ডিত-শঙ্কর ॥ ২২৯ ॥
kāśī-miśra, pradyumna-miśra, paṇḍita-dāmodara
haridāsa-ṭhākura, āra paṇḍita-śaṅkara

Synonyms

kāśī-miśraKāśī Miśra; pradyumna-miśraPradyumna Miśra; paṇḍita-dāmodaraDāmodara Paṇḍita; haridāsa-ṭhākuraHaridāsa Ṭhākura; āraand; paṇḍita-śaṅkaraŚaṅkara Paṇḍita.

Translation

Kāśī Miśra, Pradyumna Miśra, Dāmodara Paṇḍita, Haridāsa Ṭhākura and Śaṅkara Paṇḍita also came there to meet the Lord.
আর সব ভক্ত প্রভুর চরণে পড়িলা ।
সবা আলিঙ্গিয়া প্রভু প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা ॥ ২৩০ ॥
āra saba bhakta prabhura caraṇe paḍilā
sabā āliṅgiyā prabhu premāviṣṭa hailā

Synonyms

āra saba bhaktaall the other devotees; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caraṇe paḍilāfell down at the lotus feet; sabā āliṅgiyāembracing all of them; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema-āviṣṭaoverwhelmed in ecstatic love and emotion; hailābecame.

Translation

All the other devotees also came and fell down at the Lord’s lotus feet. In return, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced them all with great ecstatic love.
আনন্দ-সমুদ্রে ভাসে সব ভক্তগণে ।
সবা লঞা চলে প্রভু জগন্নাথ-দরশনে ॥ ২৩১ ॥
ānanda-samudre bhāse saba bhakta-gaṇe
sabā lañā cale prabhu jagannātha-daraśane

Synonyms

ānanda-samudrein the ocean of transcendental bliss; bhāsefloat; saba bhakta-gaṇeall the devotees; sabā lañātaking all of them; calegoes; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jagannātha-daraśaneto see the Jagannātha Deity in the temple.

Translation

Thus they all merged in the ocean of transcendental bliss. Then the Lord and all His devotees proceeded toward the temple of Jagannātha to see the Deity.
জগন্নাথ দেখি’ প্রভু প্রেমাবিষ্ট হৈলা ।
ভক্ত-সঙ্গে বহুক্ষণ নৃত্য-গীত কৈলা ॥ ২৩২ ॥
jagannātha dekhi’ prabhu premāviṣṭa hailā
bhakta-saṅge bahu-kṣaṇa nṛtya-gīta kailā

Synonyms

jagannātha dekhi’seeing Lord Jagannātha; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema-āviṣṭa hailābecame overwhelmed with love and affection; bhakta-saṅgein the society of the devotees; bahu-kṣaṇafor a long time; nṛtya-gīta kailāchanted and danced.

Translation

As soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw Lord Jagannātha in the temple, He was immediately overwhelmed with love and affection. He chanted and danced with His devotees for a long time.
জগন্নাথ-সেবক আনি’ মালা-প্রসাদ দিলা ।
তুলসী পড়িছা আসি’ চরণ বন্দিলা ॥ ২৩৩ ॥
jagannātha-sevaka āni’ mālā-prasāda dilā
tulasī paḍichā āsi’ caraṇa vandilā

Synonyms

jagannātha-sevakathe priests who were servitors of Lord Jagannātha; āni’bringing; mālā-prasāda dilādistributed flower garlands and prasādam; tulasī paḍichāthe temple servant known as Tulasī; āsi’coming; caraṇa vandilāworshiped the lotus feet of the Lord.

Translation

The priests immediately brought them flower garlands and prasādam. The temple’s watchman, who was named Tulasī, also came and offered his obeisances to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
‘মহাপ্রভু আইলা’ — গ্রামে কোলাহল হৈল ।
সার্বভৌম, রামানন্দ, বাণীনাথ মিলিল ॥ ২৩৪ ॥
‘mahāprabhu āilā’ — grāme kolāhala haila
sārvabhauma, rāmānanda, vāṇīnātha milila

Synonyms

mahāprabhu āilāŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has arrived; grāmein the town; kolāhala hailathere was spreading of the news; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma; rāmānandaRāmānanda; vāṇīnāthaVāṇīnātha; mililacame and met Him.

Translation

When the news spread that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had arrived at Jagannātha Purī, devotees like Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, Rāmānanda Rāya and Vāṇīnātha Rāya all came to meet Him.
সবা সঙ্গে লঞা প্রভু মিশ্র-বাসা আইলা ।
সার্বভৌম, পণ্ডিত-গোসাঞি নিমন্ত্রণ কৈলা ॥ ২৩৫ ॥
sabā saṅge lañā prabhu miśra-vāsā āilā
sārvabhauma, paṇḍita-gosāñi nimantraṇa kailā

Synonyms

sabā saṅge lañātaking all of them; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; miśra-vāsā āilācame to Kāśī Miśra’s house; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; paṇḍita-gosāñiGadādhara Paṇḍita; nimantraṇa kailāinvited the Lord to take prasādam..

Translation

The Lord and all His devotees then went to the residence of Kāśī Miśra. Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Paṇḍita Gosāñi also invited the Lord to dine at their homes.
প্রভু কহে, — “মহাপ্রসাদ আন’ এই স্থানে ।
সবা-সঙ্গে ইহাঁ আজি করিমু ভোজনে ॥” ২৩৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — “mahā-prasāda āna’ ei sthāne
sabā-saṅge ihāṅ āji karimu bhojane”

Synonyms

prabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; mahā-prasāda āna’bring mahā-prasādam; ei sthāneto this place; sabā-saṅgewith all; ihāṅhere; ājitoday; karimu bhojaneI shall dine.

Translation

Accepting their invitation, the Lord asked them to bring all the prasādam there so that He could eat it with His devotees.
তবে দুঁহে জগন্নাথপ্রসাদ আনিল ।
সবা-সঙ্গে মহাপ্রভু ভোজন করিল ॥ ২৩৭ ॥
tabe duṅhe jagannātha-prasāda ānila
sabā-saṅge mahāprabhu bhojana karila

Synonyms

tabethen; duṅheboth Sārvabhauma and Paṇḍita Gosāñi; jagannātha-prasāda ānilabrought the mahā-prasādam of Jagannātha; sabā-saṅgewith all of them; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhojana kariladined.

Translation

Upon receiving Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s order, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya and Paṇḍita Gosāñi brought sufficient prasādam from the temple of Jagannātha. The Lord then dined with everyone at His own place.
এই ত’ কহিলুঁ, — প্রভু দেখি’ বৃন্দাবন ।
পুনঃ করিলেন যৈছে নীলাদ্রি গমন ॥ ২৩৮ ॥
ei ta’ kahiluṅ, — prabhu dekhi’ vṛndāvana
punaḥ karilena yaiche nīlādri gamana

Synonyms

ei ta’ kahiluṅthus I have described; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dekhi’ vṛndāvanaafter visiting Vṛndāvana; punaḥagain; karilenadid; yaicheas; nīlādri gamanacoming back to Jagannātha Purī.

Translation

Thus I have described how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to Jagannātha Purī from Vṛndāvana.
ইহা যেই শ্রদ্ধা করি’ করয়ে শ্রবণ ।
অচিরাৎ পায় সেই চৈতন্য-চরণ ॥ ২৩৯ ॥
ihā yei śraddhā kari’ karaye śravaṇa
acirāt pāya sei caitanya-caraṇa

Synonyms

ihāthis; yeianyone who; śraddhā kari’with faith and love; karaye śravaṇahears; acirātvery soon; pāyagets; seihe; caitanya-caraṇathe lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Whoever hears Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes with faith and love very soon attains shelter at the Lord’s lotus feet.
মধ্যলীলার করিলুঁ এই দিগ্‌দরশন ।
ছয় বৎসর কৈলা যৈছে গমনাগমন ॥ ২৪০ ॥
madhya-līlāra kariluṅ ei dig-daraśana
chaya vatsara kailā yaiche gamanāgamana

Synonyms

madhya-līlāraof this division, known as Madhya-līlā; kariluṅI have done; ei dik-daraśanathis summary inspection; chaya vatsaracontinuously for six years; kailāperformed; yaichejust as; gamana-āgamanagoing and coming back.

Translation

I have thus given a summary description of the madhya-līlā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s travels to and from Jagannātha Purī. Indeed, the Lord traveled to and fro continuously for six years.
শেষ অষ্টাদশ বৎসর নীলাচলে বাস ।
ভক্তগণ-সঙ্গে করে কীর্তন-বিলাস ॥ ২৪১ ॥
śeṣa aṣṭādaśa vatsara nīlācale vāsa
bhakta-gaṇa-saṅge kare kīrtana-vilāsa

Synonyms

śeṣa aṣṭādaśa vatsarathe remaining eighteen years; nīlācale vāsaresidence at Jagannātha Purī; bhakta-gaṇa-saṅgewith devotees; kareperforms; kīrtana-vilāsathe pastimes of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra..

Translation

After taking sannyāsa at the age of twenty-four, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu lived another twenty-four years. For six of these years, He traveled extensively throughout India, sometimes going to Jagannātha Purī and sometimes leaving. After traveling for six years, the Lord fixed His residence at Jagannātha Purī and stayed there for the eighteen remaining years of His life. During these eighteen years He mainly chanted Hare Kṛṣṇa with His devotees.
মধ্যলীলার ক্রম এবে করি অনুবাদ ।
অনুবাদ কৈলে হয় কথার আস্বাদ ॥ ২৪২ ॥
madhya-līlāra krama ebe kari anuvāda
anuvāda kaile haya kathāra āsvāda

Synonyms

madhya-līlāra kramaa chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛta; ebenow; kariI may do; anuvādaa review; anuvāda kaileby reviewing in that way; hayathere is; kathāra āsvādatasting of all the topics.

Translation

I shall now review the chapters of the Madhya-līlā chronologically so that one can relish the transcendental features of these topics.
প্রথম পরিচ্ছেদে — শেষলীলার সূত্রগণ ।
তথি-মধ্যে কোন ভাগের বিস্তার বর্ণন ॥ ২৪৩ ॥
prathama paricchede — śeṣa-līlāra sūtra-gaṇa
tathi-madhye kona bhāgera vistāra varṇana

Synonyms

prathama paricchedein the first chapter; śeṣa-līlāra sūtra-gaṇathe synopsis of the antya-līlā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes at the end; tathi-madhyewithin that; kona bhāgeraof some portion of the book; vistāra varṇanaa vivid description.

Translation

In the first chapter I have given a synopsis of the last pastimes [antya-līlā]. Within this chapter is a vivid description of some of the pastimes of the Lord that took place toward the end of His life.
দ্বিতীয় পরিচ্ছেদে — প্রভুর প্রলাপ-বর্ণন ।
তথি-মধ্যে নানা-ভাবের দিগ্‌দরশন ॥ ২৪৪ ॥
dvitīya paricchede — prabhura pralāpa-varṇana
tathi-madhye nānā-bhāvera dig-daraśana

Synonyms

dvitīya paricchedein the second chapter; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pralāpa-varṇanaa description of His behaving like a crazy man; tathi-madhyewithin that; nānā-bhāveraof different emotional ecstasies; dik-daraśanaindication.

Translation

In the second chapter I have described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s talking like a crazy man. Within this chapter it is indicated how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu manifested His different emotional moods.
তৃতীয় পরিচ্ছেদে — প্রভুর কহিলুঁ সন্ন্যাস ।
আচার্যের ঘরে যৈছে করিলা বিলাস ॥ ২৪৫ ॥
tṛtīya paricchede — prabhura kahiluṅ sannyāsa
ācāryera ghare yaiche karilā vilāsa

Synonyms

tṛtīya paricchedein the third chapter; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahiluṅI have described; sannyāsaacceptance of the renounced order of life; ācāryera ghareat the house of Advaita Ācārya; yaichehow; karilā vilāsaenjoyed His pastimes.

Translation

In the third chapter I have described the Lord’s acceptance of the renounced order and how He enjoyed His pastimes at the house of Advaita Ācārya.
চতুর্থে — মাধব পুরীর চরিত্র-আস্বাদন ।
গোপাল স্থাপন, ক্ষীর-চুরির বর্ণন ॥ ২৪৬ ॥
caturthe — mādhava purīra caritra-āsvādana
gopāla sthāpana, kṣīra-curira varṇana

Synonyms

caturthein the fourth chapter; mādhava purīraof Mādhavendra Purī; caritra-āsvādanarelishing the characteristics; gopāla sthāpanathe installation of Gopāla; kṣīra-curira varṇanaa description of Gopīnātha’s stealing condensed milk at Remuṇā.

Translation

In the fourth chapter I have described Mādhavendra Purī’s installation of the Gopāla Deity as well as Gopīnātha’s stealing a pot of condensed milk at Remuṇā.
পঞ্চমে — সাক্ষিগোপাল-চরিত্র-বর্ণন ।
নিত্যানন্দ কহে, প্রভু করেন আস্বাদন ॥ ২৪৭ ॥
pañcame — sākṣi-gopāla-caritra-varṇana
nityānanda kahe, prabhu karena āsvādana

Synonyms

pañcamein the fifth chapter; sākṣi-gopālaSākṣi-gopāla; caritra-varṇanaa description of the characteristics; nityānanda kaheLord Nityānanda described this; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karena āsvādanatasted it.

Translation

In the fifth chapter I have narrated the story of Sākṣi-gopāla. Lord Nityānanda Prabhu narrated this while Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu listened.
ষষ্ঠে — সার্বভৌমের করিলা উদ্ধার ।
সপ্তমে — তীর্থযাত্রা, বাসুদেব-নিস্তার ॥ ২৪৮ ॥
ṣaṣṭhe — sārvabhaumera karilā uddhāra
saptame — tīrtha-yātrā, vāsudeva nistāra

Synonyms

ṣaṣṭhein the sixth chapter; sārvabhaumeraSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; karilā uddhārathe Lord delivered; saptamein the seventh chapter; tīrtha-yātrāgoing to different holy places; vāsudeva nistāradelivering Vāsudeva.

Translation

In the sixth chapter I have told how Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya was delivered, and in the seventh chapter I have described the Lord’s tour of different holy places and His deliverance of Vāsudeva.
অষ্টমে — রামানন্দ-সংবাদ বিস্তার ।
আপনে শুনিলা ‘সর্ব-সিদ্ধান্তের সার’ ॥ ২৪৯ ॥
aṣṭame — rāmānanda-saṁvāda vistāra
āpane śunilā ‘sarva-siddhāntera sāra’

Synonyms

aṣṭamein the eighth chapter; rāmānanda-saṁvāda vistāraan elaborate discussion with Śrī Rāmānanda Rāya; āpanepersonally; śunilālistened; sarvaall; siddhānteraof conclusions; sārathe essence.

Translation

In the eighth chapter I have recorded the Lord’s elaborate discussion with Rāmānanda Rāya. The Lord personally listened as Rāmānanda gave the conclusive essence of all Vedic literatures.
নবমে — কহিলুঁ দক্ষিণ-তীর্থ-ভ্রমণ ।
দশমে — কহিলুঁ সর্ব বৈষ্ণব-মিলন ॥ ২৫০ ॥
navame — kahiluṅ dakṣiṇa-tīrtha-bhramaṇa
daśame — kahiluṅ sarva-vaiṣṇava-milana

Synonyms

navamein the ninth chapter; kahiluṅI have described; dakṣiṇa-tīrtha-bhramaṇagoing on pilgrimage in South India; daśamein the tenth chapter; kahiluṅI have described; sarva-vaiṣṇava-milanameeting of all kinds of devotees.

Translation

In the ninth chapter I have described the Lord’s tour of South India and the different places of pilgrimage. In the tenth chapter I have described His meeting with all His devotees.
একাদশে — শ্রীমন্দিরে ‘বেড়া-সংকীর্তন’ ।
দ্বাদশে — গুণ্ডিচা-মন্দির-মার্জন-ক্ষালন ॥ ২৫১ ॥
ekādaśe — śrī-mandire ‘beḍā-saṅkīrtana’
dvādaśe — guṇḍicā-mandira-mārjana-kṣālana

Synonyms

ekādaśein the eleventh chapter; śrī-mandirein the Jagannātha temple; beḍā-saṅkīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra all around; dvādaśein the twelfth chapter; guṇḍicā-mandiraof the temple known as Guṇḍicā; mārjana-kṣālanacleansing and washing.

Translation

In the eleventh chapter I have described the great chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra that surrounded the Lord. In the twelfth chapter I have given a narration of the cleansing and washing of the Guṇḍicā temple.
ত্রয়োদশে — রথ-আগে প্রভুর নর্তন ।
চতুর্দশে — ‘হেরাপঞ্চমী’-যাত্রা-দরশন ॥ ২৫২ ॥
trayodaśe — ratha-āge prabhura nartana
caturdaśe — ‘herā-pañcamī’-yātrā-daraśana

Synonyms

trayodaśein the thirteenth chapter; ratha-āgein front of the Jagannātha ratha; prabhura nartanaLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s dancing; caturdaśein the fourteenth chapter; herā-pañcamīHerā-pañcamī, which takes place on the fifth day of Ratha-yātrā; yātrāfestival; daraśanavisiting.

Translation

In the thirteenth chapter I have described Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s dancing before the chariot of Jagannātha. In the fourteenth chapter, there is an account of the Herā-pañcamī function.
তার মধ্যে ব্রজদেবীর ভাবের শ্রবণ ।
স্বরূপ কহিলা, প্রভু কৈলা আস্বাদন ॥ ২৫৩ ॥
tāra madhye vraja-devīra bhāvera śravaṇa
svarūpa kahilā, prabhu kailā āsvādana

Synonyms

tāra madhyein that; vraja-devīraof the gopīs; bhāveraof ecstatic emotion; śravaṇahearing; svarūpa kahilāSvarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī described; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailā āsvādanapersonally tasted.

Translation

Also in the fourteenth chapter is an account of how the emotional ecstasy of the gopīs was described by Svarūpa Dāmodara and tasted by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
পঞ্চদশে — ভক্তের গুণ শ্রীমুখে কহিল ।
সার্বভৌম-ঘরে ভিক্ষা, অমোঘ তারিল ॥ ২৫৪ ॥
pañcadaśe — bhaktera guṇa śrī-mukhe kahila
sārvabhauma-ghare bhikṣā, amogha tārila

Synonyms

pañcadaśein the fifteenth chapter; bhakteraof the devotees; guṇaqualities; śrī-mukhe kahilaCaitanya Mahāprabhu personally described; sārvabhauma-ghareat the house of Sārvabhauma; bhikṣāaccepting lunch; amogha tārilaHe delivered Amogha.

Translation

In the fifteenth chapter I have described how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu highly praised the qualities of His devotees and accepted lunch at the house of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya. At that time, He delivered Amogha.
ষোড়শে — বৃন্দাবনযাত্রা গৌড়দেশ-পথে ।
পুনঃ নীলাচলে আইলা, নাটশালা হৈতে ॥ ২৫৫ ॥
ṣoḍaśe — vṛndāvana-yātrā gauḍa-deśa-pathe
punaḥ nīlācale āilā, nāṭaśālā haite

Synonyms

ṣoḍaśein the sixteenth chapter; vṛndāvana-yātrādeparture for visiting Vṛndāvana; gauḍa-deśa-patheon the way through the province of Bengal; punaḥagain; nīlācale āilācame back to Jagannātha Purī; nāṭaśālā haitefrom Kānāi Nāṭaśālā.

Translation

In the sixteenth chapter I have described how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu departed for Vṛndāvana and journeyed through Bengal. He later returned to Jagannātha Purī from Kānāi Nāṭaśālā.
সপ্তদশে — বনপথে মথুরা-গমন ।
অষ্টাদশে — বৃন্দাবন-বিহার-বর্ণন ॥ ২৫৬ ॥
saptadaśe — vanapathe mathurā-gamana
aṣṭādaśe — vṛndāvana-vihāra-varṇana

Synonyms

saptadaśein the seventeenth chapter; vana-pathethrough the forest path; mathurā-gamanaLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s going to Mathurā; aṣṭādaśein the eighteenth chapter; vṛndāvana-vihāra-varṇanadescription of His touring the forest of Vṛndāvana.

Translation

In the seventeenth chapter I have described the Lord’s journey through the great forest of Jhārikhaṇḍa and His arrival at Mathurā. In the eighteenth chapter there is a description of His tour of the forest of Vṛndāvana.
ঊনবিংশে — মথুরা হৈতে প্রয়াগ-গমন ।
তার মধ্যে শ্ৰীরূপেরে শক্তি-সঞ্চারণ ॥ ২৫৭ ॥
ūnaviṁśe — mathurā haite prayāga-gamana
tāra madhye śrī-rūpere śakti-sañcāraṇa

Synonyms

ūnaviṁśein the nineteenth chapter; mathurā haitefrom Mathurā; prayāga-gamanagoing to Prayāga; tāra madhyewithin that; śrī-rūpereŚrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; śakti-sañcāraṇaempowering to spread devotional service.

Translation

In the nineteenth chapter I have described how the Lord returned to Prayāga from Mathurā and empowered Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī to spread devotional service.
বিংশতি পরিচ্ছেদে — সনাতনের মিলন ।
তার মধ্যে ভগবানের স্বরূপ-বর্ণন ॥ ২৫৮ ॥
viṁśati paricchede — sanātanera milana
tāra madhye bhagavānera svarūpa-varṇana

Synonyms

viṁśati paricchedein the twentieth chapter; sanātanera milanameeting with Sanātana Gosvāmī; tāra madhyewithin that; bhagavāneraof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; svarūpa-varṇanadescription of personal features.

Translation

In the twentieth chapter the Lord’s meeting with Sanātana Gosvāmī is described. The Lord described the personal features of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in depth.
একবিংশে — কৃষ্ণৈশ্বর্য-মাধুর্য বর্ণন ।
দ্বাবিংশে — দ্বিবিধ সাধনভক্তির বিবরণ ॥ ২৫৯ ॥
ekaviṁśe — kṛṣṇaiśvarya-mādhurya varṇana
dvāviṁśe — dvividha sādhana-bhaktira vivaraṇa

Synonyms

eka-viṁśein the twenty-first chapter; kṛṣṇa-aiśvaryaof the opulence of Kṛṣṇa; mādhuryaof the pleasing beauty; varṇanadescription; dvā-viṁśein the twenty-second chapter; dvi-vidhatwofold; sādhana-bhaktiraof the discharge of devotional service; vivaraṇadescription.

Translation

In the twenty-first chapter there is a description of Kṛṣṇa’s beauty and opulence, and in the twenty-second chapter there is a description of the twofold discharge of devotional service.
ত্রয়োবিংশে — প্রেমভক্তিরসের কথন ।
চতুর্বিংশে — ‘আত্মারামাঃ’-শ্লোকার্থ বর্ণন ॥ ২৬০ ॥
trayoviṁśe — prema-bhakti-rasera kathana
caturviṁśe — ‘ātmārāmāḥ’-ślokārtha varṇana

Synonyms

trayaḥ-viṁśein the twenty-third chapter; prema-bhaktiof ecstatic love of Godhead; raseraof the mellow; kathananarration; catuḥ-viṁśein the twenty-fourth chapter; ātmārāmāḥknown as ātmārāma; śloka-arthathe meaning of the verse; varṇanadescription.

Translation

In the twenty-third chapter there is a description of the mellows of transcendental loving service, and in the twenty-fourth chapter I have described how the Lord analyzed the ātmārāma verse.
পঞ্চবিংশে — কাশীবাসীরে বৈষ্ণবকরণ ।
কাশী হৈতে পুনঃ নীলাচলে আগমন ॥ ২৬১ ॥
pañcaviṁśe — kāśī-vāsīre vaiṣṇava-karaṇa
kāśī haite punaḥ nīlācale āgamana

Synonyms

pañca-viṁśein the twenty-fifth chapter; kāśī-vāsīrethe residents of Vārāṇasī (Kāśī); vaiṣṇava-karaṇamaking Vaiṣṇavas; kāśī haitefrom Kāśī; punaḥagain; nīlācale āgamanacoming back to Jagannātha Purī (Nīlācala).

Translation

In the twenty-fifth chapter there is a description of how the residents of Vārāṇasī were converted to Vaiṣṇavism and how the Lord returned to Nīlācala [Jagannātha Purī] from Vārāṇasī.
পঞ্চবিংশতি পরিচ্ছেদে এই কৈলুঁ অনুবাদ ।
যাহার শ্রবণে হয় গ্রন্থার্থ-আস্বাদ ॥ ২৬২ ॥
pañcaviṁśati paricchede ei kailuṅ anuvāda
yāhāra śravaṇe haya granthārtha-āsvāda

Synonyms

pañca-viṁśati paricchedein the twenty-fifth chapter; eithis; kailuṅ anuvādaI have made repetition; yāhāra śravaṇehearing which; hayathere is; grantha-artha-āsvādaunderstanding of the whole contents of the book.

Translation

I have thus summarized these pastimes in the twenty-fifth chapter. Hearing this summary, one can understand the whole purport of this scripture.
সংক্ষেপে কহিলুঁ এই মধ্যলীলার সার ।
কোটিগ্রন্থে বর্ণন না যায় ইহার বিস্তার ॥ ২৬৩ ॥
saṅkṣepe kahiluṅ ei madhya-līlāra sāra
koṭi-granthe varṇana nā yāya ihāra vistāra

Synonyms

saṅkṣepein brief; kahiluṅI have described; eithis; madhya-līlāra sāraessence of Madhya-līlā; koṭi-granthein millions of books; varṇanadescription; yāyais not possible; ihāra vistāraelaborately.

Translation

I have now summarized the entire subject matter of the Madhya-līlā. These pastimes cannot be described elaborately even in millions of books.
জীব নিস্তারিতে প্রভু ভ্রমিলা দেশে-দেশে ।
আপনে আস্বাদি’ ভক্তি করিলা প্রকাশে ॥ ২৬৪ ॥
jīva nistārite prabhu bhramilā deśe-deśe
āpane āsvādi’ bhakti karilā prakāśe

Synonyms

jīva nistāriteto deliver all the fallen souls; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhramilātraveled; deśe-deśein various countries; āpanepersonally; āsvādi’tasting; bhaktidevotional service; karilādid; prakāśebroadcasting.

Translation

To deliver all fallen souls, the Lord traveled from country to country. He personally tasted the transcendental pleasure of devotional service, and He simultaneously spread the cult of devotion everywhere.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu personally traveled to different regions of India to spread the bhakti cult throughout the country. He also personally relished transcendental activities. By His personal behavior He has given an example for devotees to follow. That is, one should broadcast the cult of devotional service. He specifically instructed His devotees to enjoin all Indians to broadcast this message throughout the world because at that time the Lord could not personally travel to other parts of the world. In this regard, He has left two instructions:
bhārata-bhūmite haila manuṣya-janma yāra
janma sārthaka kari’ kara para-upakāra
“All Indians should seriously take up the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and should perfect their lives by adopting the process of devotional service. After perfecting their lives, they should broadcast this message all over the world for the welfare of all human beings [para-upakāra].” (Cc. Ādi 9.41) A Vaiṣṇava is especially interested in para-upakāra, doing good to others. Prahlāda Mahārāja was also interested in this. He did not want to be delivered alone; rather, he wanted to deliver all fallen souls, who are bereft of knowledge of bhakti and who misuse their intelligence for the temporary benefit of the material body. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu also wanted His mission spread all over the world.
pṛthivīte āche yata nagarādi grāma
sarvatra pracāra haibe mora nāma
“In every town and village, the chanting of My name will be heard.” (Caitanya-bhāgavata, Antya 4.126)
Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, we are trying to broadcast His message throughout the world. By His mercy, people are taking this movement very seriously. Indeed, our books are extensively distributed in the Western countries, especially in America and Europe. Even the ecclesiastical orders in these countries are appreciating the value of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement and are ready to unite for the highest benefit of human society. The followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu may therefore take this movement seriously and broadcast it throughout the world, from village to village and from town to town, just as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself did.
কৃষ্ণতত্ত্ব, ভক্তিতত্ত্ব, প্রেমতত্ত্ব সার ।
ভাবতত্ত্ব, রসতত্ত্ব, লীলাতত্ত্ব আর ॥ ২৬৫ ॥
kṛṣṇa-tattva, bhakti-tattva, prema-tattva sāra
bhāva-tattva, rasa-tattva, līlā-tattva āra

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-tattvathe truth of Kṛṣṇa; bhakti-tattvathe truth of devotional service; prema-tattvathe truth of ecstatic love of Godhead; sārathe essence; bhāva-tattvathe emotional truth; rasa-tattvathe truth of transcendental mellows; līlā-tattvathe truth of the pastimes of the Lord; āraalso.

Translation

Kṛṣṇa consciousness means understanding the truth of Kṛṣṇa, the truth of devotional service, the truth of love of Godhead, the truth of emotional ecstasy, the truth of transcendental mellows and the truth of the pastimes of the Lord.
শ্রীভাগবত-তত্ত্বরস করিলা প্রচারে ।
কৃষ্ণতুল্য ভাগবত, জানাইলা সংসারে ॥ ২৬৬ ॥
śrī-bhāgavata-tattva-rasa karilā pracāre
kṛṣṇa-tulya bhāgavata, jānāilā saṁsāre

Synonyms

śrī-bhāgavata-tattva-rasathe truth and transcendental taste of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; karilā pracāreCaitanya Mahāprabhu preached elaborately; kṛṣṇa-tulyaidentical with Kṛṣṇa; bhāgavataŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam; jānāilā saṁsārehas preached within this world.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has personally preached the transcendental truths and mellows of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and the Supreme Personality of Godhead are identical, for Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the sound incarnation of Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
ভক্ত লাগি’ বিস্তারিলা আপন-বদনে ।
কাহাঁ ভক্ত-মুখে কহাই শুনিলা আপনে ॥ ২৬৭ ॥
bhakta lāgi’ vistārilā āpana-vadane
kāhāṅ bhakta-mukhe kahāi śunilā āpane

Synonyms

bhakta lāgi’especially for the benefit of His devotees; vistārilāexpansively described; āpana-vadanepersonally, with His own mouth; kāhāṅsometimes; bhakta-mukhethrough the mouth of His devotees; kahāimaking describe; śunilā āpanelistened Himself.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu broadcast the purport of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. He sometimes spoke for the benefit of His devotees and sometimes empowered one of His devotees to speak while He listened.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, as an ideal teacher, or ācārya, explained Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam very elaborately Himself. He sometimes also empowered His devotees to speak while He listened. This is the way an ācārya should train his disciples. Not only should he describe the bhāgavata cult personally, but he should also train his disciples to speak on this sublime subject.
শ্রীচৈতন্য-সম আর কৃপালু বদান্য ।
ভক্তবৎসল না দেখি ত্রিজগতে অন্য ॥ ২৬৮ ॥
śrī-caitanya-sama āra kṛpālu vadānya
bhakta-vatsala nā dekhi trijagate anya

Synonyms

śrī-caitanya-samaequal to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āraanyone else; kṛpālumerciful; vadānyamagnanimous; bhakta-vatsalavery kind to the devotees; dekhiI do not see; tri-jagatein these three worlds; anyaanyone else.

Translation

All sane men within these three worlds certainly accept the conclusion that no one is more merciful and magnanimous than Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and that no one is as kind to His devotees.
শ্রদ্ধা করি’ এই লীলা শুন, ভক্তগণ ।
ইহার প্ৰসাদে পাইবা চৈতন্য-চরণ ॥ ২৬৯ ॥
śraddhā kari’ ei līlā śuna, bhakta-gaṇa
ihāra prasāde pāibā caitanya-caraṇa

Synonyms

śraddhā kari’having faith and love; ei līlāthese pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śunahear; bhakta-gaṇaO devotees; ihāra prasādeby the grace of this transcendental hearing; pāibāyou will get; caitanya-caraṇathe lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All devotees should hear about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes with faith and love. By the grace of the Lord, one can thus attain shelter at His lotus feet.
ইহার প্রসাদে পাইবা কৃষ্ণতত্ত্বসার ।
সর্বশাস্ত্র-সিদ্ধান্তের ইহাঁ পাইবা পার ॥ ২৭০ ॥
ihāra prasāde pāibā kṛṣṇa-tattva-sāra
sarva-śāstra-siddhāntera ihāṅ pāibā pāra

Synonyms

ihāra prasādeby hearing these teachings of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāibāyou will get; kṛṣṇa-tattva-sārathe essence of the truth of Kṛṣṇa; sarva-śāstraof all revealed scriptures; siddhānteraof conclusions; ihāṅhere; pāibāyou will get; pārathe ultimate limit.

Translation

By understanding the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one can understand the truth about Kṛṣṇa. By understanding Kṛṣṇa, one can understand the limit of all knowledge described in various revealed scriptures.

Purport

As Lord Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (7.3):
manuṣyāṇāṁ sahasreṣukaścid yatati siddhaye
yatatām api siddhānāṁ
kaścin māṁ vetti tattvataḥ
“Out of many thousands among men, one may endeavor for perfection, and of those who have achieved perfection, hardly one knows Me in truth.”
It is very difficult to understand Kṛṣṇa, but if one tries to understand Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam through Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s bhakti cult, one will undoubtedly understand Kṛṣṇa very easily. If somehow or other one understands Kṛṣṇa, his life is successful. Again, as Kṛṣṇa states in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.9):
janma karma ca me divyamevaṁ yo vetti tattvataḥ
tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma
naiti mām eti so ’rjuna
“One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.”
কৃষ্ণলীলা অমৃত-সার,     তার শত শত ধার,
দশদিকে বহে যাহা হৈতে ।
সে চৈতন্যলীলা হয়,     সরোবর অক্ষয়,
মনো-হংস চরাহ’ তাহাতে ॥ ২৭১ ॥
kṛṣṇa-līlā amṛta-sāra,tāra śata śata dhāra,
daśa-dike vahe yāhā haite
se caitanya-līlā haya,
sarovara akṣaya,
mano-haṁsa carāha’ tāhāte

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-līlā amṛta-sārathe pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are the essence of all eternal bliss; tāra śata śata dhārathe flow of that eternal bliss is running in hundreds of branches; daśa-dikein all the ten directions; vaheflows; yāhā haitefrom which; sethose; caitanya-līlāpastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hayaare; sarovara akṣayaa transcendental eternal lake; manaḥ-haṁsamy mind, which is like a swan; carāha’please wander; tāhātein that lake.

Translation

The pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are the essence of all nectar, and that nectar is flowing in hundreds of rivers in all directions. The pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are an eternal reservoir, and one is advised to let his mind swim like a swan on this transcendental lake.

Purport

The essence of spiritual knowledge is found in the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which are identical with the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. This is the essence of knowledge. If knowledge does not include the understanding of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa, it is simply superfluous. By Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s grace, the nectar of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes is flowing in different directions in hundreds and thousands of rivers. One should not think that the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are different from Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes. It is said, śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya, rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya: “Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu is a combination of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.” Thus without understanding the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, one cannot understand Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura therefore sings, rūpa-raghunātha-pade haibe ākuti/ kabe hāma bujhaba se yugala pirīti: “When shall I become very eager to study the books left by the six Gosvāmīs? Then I shall be able to understand the conjugal pastimes of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.” Caitanya Mahāprabhu directly empowered Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī. Following in their footsteps, the other Gosvāmīs understood Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His mission. One should understand Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya and Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa from the six Gosvāmīs in the paramparā system. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is following as strictly as possible in the footsteps of the Gosvāmīs. Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura says, ei chaya gosāñi yāṅra, mui tāṅra dāsa: “I am the servant of the six Gosvāmīs.” The philosophy of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is to become the servant of the servant of the servant of the Lord. Whoever wants to understand the difficult subject matter of kṛṣṇa-kathā should accept the disciplic succession. If one is somehow or other able to understand Kṛṣṇa, his life is successful. Tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma naiti mām eti so ’rjuna. A perfect devotee is able to understand Kṛṣṇa through the disciplic succession, and his entrance into the kingdom of God is thereby certainly opened. When one understands Kṛṣṇa, there is no difficulty in transferring oneself to the spiritual kingdom.
ভক্তগণ, শুন মোর দৈন্য-বচন ।
তোমা-সবার পদধূলি,     অঙ্গে বিভূষণ করি’,
কিছু মুঞি করোঁ নিবেদন ॥ ২৭২ ॥ ধ্রু ॥
bhakta-gaṇa, śuna mora dainya-vacana
tomā-sabāra pada-dhūli,
aṅge vibhūṣaṇa kari’,
kichu muñi karoṅ nivedana

Synonyms

bhakta-gaṇaO devotees; śunaplease hear; moramy; dainya-vacanahumble submission; tomā-sabāraof all of you; pada-dhūlithe dust of the feet; aṅgeon my body; vibhūṣaṇa kari’taking as ornaments; kichusomething; muñiI; karoṅ nivedanawish to submit.

Translation

With all humility, I submit myself to the lotus feet of all of you devotees, taking the dust from your feet as my bodily ornaments. Now, my dear devotees, please hear one thing more from me.
কৃষ্ণভক্তিসিদ্ধান্তগণ,     যাতে প্রফুল্ল পদ্মবন,
তার মধু করি’ আস্বাদন ।
প্রেমরস-কুমুদবনে,     প্ৰফুল্লিত রাত্রি-দিনে,
তাতে চরাও মনোভৃঙ্গগণ ॥ ২৭৩ ॥
kṛṣṇa-bhakti-siddhānta-gaṇa,yāte praphulla padma-vana,
tāra madhu kari’ āsvādana
prema-rasa-kumuda-vane,praphullita rātri-dine,
tāte carāo mano-bhṛṅga-gaṇa

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-bhakti-siddhānta-gaṇathe conclusive understanding of devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; yāteby which; praphullaenlivened; padma-vanathe forest of lotus flowers; tāra madhuthe honey collected from those lotus flowers; kari’ āsvādanarelishing; prema-rasaof transcendental love of Kṛṣṇa; kumuda-vanein the forest of kumuda flowers (a type of lotus); praphullitabeing jubilant; rātri-dineday and night; tātein that forest of lotus flowers; carāomake wander; manaḥ-bhṛṅga-gaṇathe bumblebees of your minds.

Translation

Devotional service to Kṛṣṇa is exactly like a pleasing, jubilant forest of lotus flowers wherein there is ample honey. I request everyone to taste this honey. If all the mental speculators bring the bees of their minds into this forest of lotus flowers and jubilantly enjoy ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa day and night, their mental speculation will be completely transcendentally satisfied.
নানা-ভাবের ভক্তজন,     হংস-চক্রবাকগণ,
যাতে সবে’ করেন বিহার ।
কৃষ্ণকেলি সুমৃণাল,     যাহা পাই সর্বকাল,
ভক্ত-হংস করয়ে আহার ॥ ২৭৪ ॥
nānā-bhāvera bhakta-jana,haṁsa-cakravāka-gaṇa,
yāte sabe’ karena vihāra
kṛṣṇa-keli sumṛṇāla,
yāhā pāi sarva-kāla,
bhakta-haṁsa karaye āhāra

Synonyms

nānā-bhāvera bhakta-janadevotees relishing relationships with Kṛṣṇa in different ecstasies; haṁsa-cakravāka-gaṇacompared to swans and cakravāka birds; yātein that place; sabe’all; karena vihāraenjoy life; kṛṣṇa-kelithe pastimes of Kṛṣṇa; su-mṛṇālasweet buds; yāhā pāiwhich one can get; sarva-kālaeternally; bhakta-haṁsathe devotees, who are just like swans; karayedo; āhāraeating.

Translation

The devotees who have a relationship with Kṛṣṇa are like the swans and cakravāka birds who play in that forest of lotus flowers. The buds of those lotus flowers are the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, and they are edibles for the swanlike devotees. Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is always engaged in His transcendental pastimes; therefore the devotees, following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, can always eat those lotus buds, for they are the pastimes of the Lord.
সেই সরোবরে গিয়া,     হংস-চক্রবাক হঞা,
সদা তাহাঁ করহ বিলাস ।
খণ্ডিবে সকল দুঃখ,     পাইবা পরম সুখ,
অনায়াসে হবে প্রেমোল্লাস ॥ ২৭৫ ॥
sei sarovare giyā,haṁsa-cakravāka hañā,
sadā tāhāṅ karaha vilāsa
khaṇḍibe sakala duḥkha,
pāibā parama sukha,
anāyāse habe premollāsa

Synonyms

sei sarovare giyāgoing to that lake where the clusters of lotus flowers exist; haṁsa-cakravāka hañābecoming swans or cakravāka birds; sadāalways; tāhāṅthere; karaha vilāsaenjoy life; khaṇḍibewill be diminished; sakala duḥkhaall material anxieties and miseries; pāibāyou will get; parama sukhathe highest happiness; anāyāsevery easily; habethere will be; prema-ullāsajubilation in love of God.

Translation

All the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu should go to that lake and, remaining always under the shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, become swans and cakravāka birds in those celestial waters. They should go on rendering service to Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa and enjoy life perpetually. In this way all miseries will be diminished, the devotees will attain great happiness, and there will be jubilant love of God.
এই অমৃত অনুক্ষণ,     সাধু মহান্ত-মেঘগণ,
বিশ্বোদ্যানে করে বরিষণ ।
তাতে ফলে অমৃত-ফল,     ভক্ত খায় নিরন্তর,
তার শেষে জীয়ে জগজন ॥ ২৭৬ ॥
ei amṛta anukṣaṇa,sādhu mahānta-megha-gaṇa,
viśvodyāne kare variṣaṇa
tāte phale amṛta-phala,
bhakta khāya nirantara,
tāra śeṣe jīye jaga-jana

Synonyms

ei amṛtathis nectar; anukṣaṇacontinuously; sādhu mahānta-megha-gaṇapure devotees and saintly persons, who are compared to clouds; viśva-udyānein the garden of the universe; kare variṣaṇarain down these nectarean pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; tātebecause of that; phalegrows; amṛta-phalathe fruit of nectar; bhakta khāya nirantaraand the devotees eat such fruit continuously; tāra śeṣeafter their eating; jīye jaga-janathe living entities all over the world live peacefully.

Translation

The devotees who have taken shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu take the responsibility for distributing nectarean devotional service all over the world. They are like clouds pouring water on the ground that nourishes the fruit of love of Godhead in this world. The devotees eat that fruit to their hearts’ content, and whatever remnants they leave are eaten by the general populace. Thus they live happily.
চৈতন্যলীলা — অমৃতপূর,     কৃষ্ণলীলা — সুকর্পূর,
দুহে মিলি’ হয় সুমাধুর্য ।
সাধু-গুরু-প্ৰসাদে,     তাহা যেই আস্বাদে,
সেই জানে মাধুর্য-প্রাচুর্য ॥ ২৭৭ ॥
caitanya-līlā — amṛta-pūra,kṛṣṇa-līlā — sukarpūra,
duhe mili’ haya sumādhurya
sādhu-guru-prasāde,
tāhā yei āsvāde,
sei jāne mādhurya-prācurya

Synonyms

caitanya-līlā amṛta-pūrathe pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are full of nectar; kṛṣṇa-līlā su-karpūrathe pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are exactly like camphor; duhe mili’the two meeting; hayabecome; su-mādhuryavery, very palatable; sādhu-guru-prasādeby the mercy of saintly persons and devotees in the transcendental position; tāhāthat; yeianyone who; āsvāderelishes this palatable nectar; sei jānehe can understand; mādhurya-prācuryathe extensive quantity of sweetness in devotional service.

Translation

The pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are full of nectar, and the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa are like camphor. When one mixes these, they taste very sweet. By the mercy of the pure devotees, whoever tastes them can understand the depths of that sweetness.
যে লীলা-অমৃত বিনে,     খায় যদি অন্নপানে,
তবে ভক্তের দুর্বল জীবন ।
যার একবিন্দু-পানে,     উৎফুল্লিত তনুমনে,
হাসে, গায়, করয়ে নর্তন ॥ ২৭৮ ॥
ye līlā-amṛta vine,khāya yadi anna-pāne,
tabe bhaktera durbala jīvana
yāra eka-bindu-pāne,
utphullita tanu-mane,
hāse, gāya, karaye nartana

Synonyms

yehe who; līlāof the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa and Caitanya Mahāprabhu; amṛta vinewithout nectar; khāya yadi anna-pāneif one eats only ordinary food grains; tabethen; bhakteraof the devotees; durbala jīvanalife becomes weakened; yāraof which; eka-bindu-pāneif one drinks one drop; utphullita tanu-manethe body and mind become jubilant; hāselaughs; gāyachants; karaye nartanadances.

Translation

Men become strong and stout by eating sufficient grains, but the devotee who simply eats ordinary grains but does not taste the transcendental pastimes of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa gradually becomes weak and falls down from the transcendental position. However, if one drinks but a drop of the nectar of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes, his body and mind begin to bloom, and he begins to laugh, sing and dance.

Purport

All the devotees connected with the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement must read all the books that have been translated (the Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Bhagavad-gītā and others); otherwise, after some time, they will simply eat, sleep and fall down from their position. Thus they will miss the opportunity to attain an eternal, blissful life of transcendental pleasure.
এ অমৃত কর পান,     যার সম নাহি আন,
চিত্তে করি’ সুদৃঢ় বিশ্বাস ।
না পড়’ কুতর্ক-গর্তে,     অমেধ্য কর্কশ আবর্তে,
যাতে পড়িলে হয় সর্বনাশ ॥ ২৭৯ ॥
e amṛta kara pāna,yāra sama nāhi āna,
citte kari’ sudṛḍha viśvāsa
nā paḍa’ kutarka-garte,
amedhya karkaśa āvarte,
yāte paḍile haya sarva-nāśa

Synonyms

e amṛta kara pānaall of you must drink this nectar; yāra sama nāhi ānathere is no comparison to this nectar; cittewithin the mind; kari’ sudṛḍha viśvāsahaving firm faith in this conclusion; paḍa’ kutarka gartedo not fall down into the pit of false arguments; amedhya karkaśa āvartein the untouchable, harsh whirlpool; yātein which; paḍileif one falls down; haya sarva-nāśathe purpose of life will be spoiled.

Translation

The readers should relish this wonderful nectar because nothing compares to it. Keeping their faith firmly fixed within their minds, they should be careful not to fall into the pit of false arguments or the whirlpools of unfortunate situations. If one falls into such positions, he is finished.
শ্রীচৈতন্য, নিত্যানন্দ,     অদ্বৈতাদি ভক্তবৃন্দ,
আর যত শ্রোতা ভক্তগণ ।
তোমা-সবার শ্রীচরণ,     করি শিরে বিভূষণ,
যাহা হৈতে অভীষ্ট-পূরণ ॥ ২৮০ ॥
śrī-caitanya, nityānanda,advaitādi bhakta-vṛnda,
āra yata śrotā bhakta-gaṇa
tomā-sabāra śrī-caraṇa,
kari śire vibhūṣaṇa,
yāhā haite abhīṣṭa-pūraṇa

Synonyms

śrī-caitanya nityānandaŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Lord Nityānanda; advaita-ādi bhakta-vṛndaas well as the devotees like Advaita Ācārya; āraand; yata śrotā bhakta-gaṇaall the devotees who listen; tomā-sabāra śrī-caraṇathe lotus feet of all of you; kari śire vibhūṣaṇaI keep on my head as a helmet; yāhā haitefrom which; abhīṣṭa-pūraṇaall my purposes will be served.

Translation

In conclusion, I submit to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Nityānanda Prabhu, Advaita Prabhu and all the other devotees and readers that I accept your lotus feet as the helmet on my head. In this way, all my purposes will be served.
শ্রীরূপ-সনাতন-     রঘুনাথ-জীব-চরণ,
শিরে ধরি, — যার করোঁ আশ ।
কৃষ্ণলীলামৃতান্বিত,     চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত,
কহে কিছু দীন কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ২৮১ ॥
śrī-rūpa-sanātana-raghunātha-jīva-caraṇa,
śire dhari, — yāra karoṅ āśa
kṛṣṇa-līlāmṛtānvita,
caitanya-caritāmṛta,
kahe kichu dīna kṛṣṇadāsa

Synonyms

śrī-rūpa-sanātanaof Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and of Sanātana Gosvāmī; raghunātha-jīvaof Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī, Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī; caraṇathe lotus feet; śire dharitaking on my head; yāraof which; karoṅ āśaI always desire; kṛṣṇa-līlā-amṛta-anvitamixed with the nectar of kṛṣṇa-līlā; caitanya-caritāmṛtathe pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kaheis trying to speak; kichusomething; dīnamost humble; kṛṣṇadāsaKṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.

Translation

Taking the feet of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī, Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī, Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī and Jīva Gosvāmī on my head, I always desire their mercy. Thus I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, humbly try to describe the nectar of the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, which are mixed with the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
শ্রীমন্মদনগোপাল-গোবিন্দদেব-তুষ্টয়ে ।
চৈতন্যার্পিতমস্ত্বেতচ্চৈতন্যচরিতামৃতম্ ॥ ২৮২ ॥
śrīman-madana-gopāla-
govinda-deva-tuṣṭaye
caitanyārpitam astv etac
caitanya-caritāmṛtam

Synonyms

śrīman-madana-gopālaof the Deity named Śrīman Madana-gopāla; govinda-devaof the Deity named Govindadeva; tuṣṭayefor the satisfaction; caitanya-arpitamoffered unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; astulet it be; etatthis; caitanya-caritāmṛtamthe book known as Caitanya-caritāmṛta..

Translation

For the satisfaction of Śrī Madana-gopāla and Govindadeva, we pray that this book, Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, may be offered to Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
তদিদমতিরহস্যং গৌরলীলামৃতং যৎ
খল-সমুদয়-কোলৈর্নাদৃতং তৈরলভ্যম্ ।
ক্ষতিরিয়মিহ কা মে স্বাদিতং যৎ সমন্তাৎ
সহৃদয়-সুমনোভির্মোদমেষাং তনোতি ॥ ২৮৩ ॥
tad idam ati-rahasyaṁ gaura-līlāmṛtaṁ yat
khala-samudaya-kolair nādṛtaṁ tair alabhyam
kṣatir iyam iha kā me svāditaṁ yat samantāt
sahṛdaya-sumanobhir modam eṣāṁ tanoti

Synonyms

tatthat (Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta); idamthis; ati-rahasyamfull of spiritual mysteries; gaura-līlā-amṛtamthe nectar of the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yatwhich; khala-samudayaenvious rascals; kolaiḥby pigs; nanever; ādṛtampraised; taiḥby them; alabhyamnot obtainable; kṣatiḥ iyam iha what is the loss in this connection; meof me; svāditamtasted; yatwhich; samantātcompletely; sahṛdaya-sumanobhiḥby those who are friendly and whose minds are very clean; modamenjoyment; eṣāmof them; tanotiexpands.

Translation

The Caitanya-caritāmṛta pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu constitute a very secret literature. It is the life and soul of all devotees. Those who are not fit to relish this literature, who are envious like hogs and pigs, will certainly not adore it. However, this will not harm my attempt. These pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu will certainly please all saintly people who have clear hearts. They will certainly enjoy it. We wish that this will enhance their enjoyment more and more.

Purport

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, twenty-fifth chapter, describing how the inhabitants of Vārāṇasī were converted to Vaiṣṇavism.
Note:
The author of Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī, has condemned all his enemies by comparing them to envious hogs and pigs. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, which is spreading throughout the world, is being appreciated by sincere people, although they have never previously heard of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes. Now even the higher, priestly circles are appreciating this movement. They have concluded that this movement is very nice and that they have something to learn from it. Nonetheless, in India there are some people who say that they belong to this cult but who are actually very envious of the ācārya. They have tried to suppress our activities in many ways, but as far as we are concerned, we follow in the footsteps of Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī and take them as envious pigs and hogs. We simply wish to present the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to the best of our ability so that those who are really honest can cleanse their hearts. We hope that they enjoy this literature and bestow their blessings upon us. It appears that even such a great personality as Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī met with some envious obstacles; what, then, to speak of us, who are only insignificant creatures in this universe. We are simply trying to execute the orders of our spiritual master to the best of our ability.
END OF THE MADHYA-LĪLĀ